JECILIECTIC ED UTCA TIOINTA IL SIERIIES.
IN IEW IB O O R S.
|ENGLISH GRAMMARS,
Ey THIOS. W. HARVEY, A. M.
Harvey?s Elementary Gramma^*. In this work great care.
has been taken newer to define a term, or to enunciate a principle, |
| without first preparing the mind of the pupil to grasp and comprehend
their meaning and use. Notes, remarks, amd suggestions have been
but sparingly introduced, as they serve only to corifuse the beginner.
;
——------ -----• — -**-----**-*- ^---^^^^^^~^^ . • ••.. ^mi non*lwr nro o£toal book
Df the
PRESENT ED TO ??
TEIIE LIBERA ERY d per-
. OF THE ion of
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
2%aa.2 <z- $ Έ;
. *, •t z~\ --.. pinion
v ---, <***=-<<--------- /2f* % 3. Jer.
, - * Ey A. sCHUYLER, M. A.
Schuyler's Logic has been prepared for the use of Colleges, High
| schools, and general readers. The treatise presents a clear, concise, and
systematic development of the principles of the science. The neces-
| sities of the recitation-room have been steadily kept in view, and no
| pains spared to make the book, in all respects, as perfect as possible.
| Muslin, 12mo., 168 page$. •
| SCHUYLER'S COMPLETE ALGEBRA.
Schwyler's Complete Algebra is intended for the use of those
| pupils who wish to obtain from one book the Knowledge of Algebra nec-
| essary for the pursuit of the Higher Mathematics. 12mo., 868 pages,
| in clear, open, beautiful typography. -





- *-
JECILECTIC EIDTU CATION AL SEERIIES.
RAY'S MATHEMATICS.
Eay's Series of Arithmetics, embracing a progressive and
thorough course of Primary, Mental, and Higher Arithmetic. The
Metric System receives full treatment.
Ea y?s Series of Algebras, Elementary and Higher, for Com-
mon Schools, High Schools, Academies, and Colleges.
IRay?s Plame amvd Solid Geometry, for Colleges, Schools,
and Private Students. Muslin, 12mo., 276 pages.
Ray* s Geometry amd Trigomometry. This work contains
the most carefully prepared and accurate Tables Qf Logarithms published
in America. In the chapters on Trigonometry, this science is treated
as a branch of Algebra applied to Geometry, and the trigonometrical
functions are defined as ratios. Sheep, 8vo., 420 pages.
Ray's Amalytic Geometry. A treatise on Analytic Geometry,
especially as applied to the properties of Conics: including the modern
methods of Abridged Notation.
It is intended to serve the purposes of liberal education as a Col-
lege Text-book, and to furnish the constantly increasing body of special
mathematical students in our Schools of Technology with an adequate
introduction to the works of the great masters, and a tolerably complete
manual of the Conies and Quadrics. Sheep, 8vo., 574 pages.
IRay's Elements of Astronomy, for the use of High Schools
and Colleges. Typographically beautiful, and embracing the latest dis-
coveries to date of publication.
The method of the work is logical and inductive. The illustra-
tions are unusually full and excellent. The telescopic views have been
selected from the latest and best authorities, and are engraved with
great care. Suitable, but not undue attention is given to the constel-
lations of the visible heavens, and the star-maps are made on a plan
which will commend itself to the common sense ofteachers. Sheep,
8vo., 336 pages.
Ray?s Differential amd Imtegral Calculus, in preparation.
1.
• A
—
/%<,^o
.: : ;,E>:>ræ
E C L Ae C 7' / C C L A S S 7 CA L S E R I E S.
A.
LATIN GRADUAL
TO ACCOMPANY
THE AUTHOR?S LATIN GRAMMAR
By
α} &*
*•g
§. ¥
;^\\ e
$ $•
Gfk'bARTHOLOMEW.
W IL S O N, H IN K L E & C O.,
I 37 W A L N U T S T R E E t , 28 B o N D S T R E E T ,
CINCINNATI. NEW VORK.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873, by
WilsoN, HINKLE & Co.,
In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.
EILECTROTYPEO AT
FRANKLIN TyPE FOUNDRY,
CINCINNAT* I.
PREFACE.
THE followimg Lessoms are designed, as the name of
the book indicates, to lead the beginner in the study Of
Latin, by natural and easy steps, through the principles
of Etymology and Syntax as presented in the author's
Latin Grammar.
The exercises of the First Part are intended to ground
the learner thoroughly in the forms of words. They
comprise a full year's work for pupils of the age at
which the study of Latin is ordinarily commenced.
The verb, as the basis of every expression of thought,
is to be mastered first, in Order that the case-system of
nouns and pronouns may be more clearly understood.
The portions of grammar which should be committed
to memory are indicated at the beginning of each lesson
by references to sections and rules.
The imtroduction of a comtinuous story in Latin, at
the outset, serves a, threefold purpose:
1. It affords ample means for practice in pronouncing
Latin, which cam best be acquired in reading connected
sentences, as in a modern language.
(iii)
iV 1PREFACE.
2. It furnishes a vocabulary for the accompanying
exercises, SO that the w9rds upom whose variations
the attention is to be fixed are invested with a real
meaning. -
3. It excites a lively interest in the young learmer,
to whom the study of forms and facts alone Soon be-
comes irksome.
The assistance given in reading the Latin is at first
necessarily very great; but this aid is gradually less-
ened, in accordance with the general plan of the book,
as the learner becomes able, from principles already
mastered, to determine the meaming of words from
their endings.
A valuable exercise, too, is found in requiring the
student from the start to render into good English what
is first given literally and in the Latin Order.
The Notes contain many umanswered questions relat-
ing to the chief points of the accompamying or preceding
lessons, and are designed to recall amd fix in the memory
what, in the progress from ome subject to another, would
be most likely to be forgottem.
This kind of help is thought to be the best that
cam be given, as it stimulates the pupil to investiga-
tiom, and thus lays the foundation of sound Scholarship.
In the text and notes the references are made directly
to the sections and rules of the Grammar.
The various exercises, both oral and Written, which
are suggested, have been found valuable for class-drill.
The methods of instruction indicated are mainly such
FREFACE. v
as the author has tested in his own classes, while he is
indebted to many co-laborers for valuable suggestions.
Acknowledgment is particularly due to Prof. E. W.
CoY, of the Illinois State Normal University, whose accu-
rate scholarship and long experience in teaching Latim
are a sufficient guaranty for the practical value of the
suggestions which he has kindly offered, duringthe prep-
aration of both the Grammar and the present volume.
The peculiar plan of the Second Part is indicated in
a few practical directions to teachers, givem in the in-
troduction to Lessom I. •-
Constant and thorough reviews, both of grammar and
reading lessons, should be required by teachers. If the
first work be done well, the successive steps will be
comparatively easy, because they will be natural.
G. K. B.
CINCINNATI,
July 1, 1873.
A LATIN GRATOUATI.
INTRODUCTORY.
The Latin language was spoken in Rome and its ad-
joining district, the plaim of Latium, from which its
name was derived.
The Latim, together with the Greek, Sanskrit, Zend,
(old Persiam) Teutonic, Celtie, and Sclavonic, are all
sister languages, and together form the Indo-Europeam
family. The original lamguage from which these sprang
was spoken by a people that once lived in Central Asia,
and by successive migrations peopled Southern Asia,
(India) and Europe, whence the name Indo-Europeam.
The mame Aryan is also given both to the parent tongue
and to the whole group of its descendants.
With the conquests of the Romans, the Latin lan-
guage gradually spread Over Italy, Sicily, and the greater
part of France and Spain.
The earliest Latin writings that remain were com-
posed about two hundred years before the birth of
Christ, and the language ceased to be spoken in the
sixth century of Our era. The best Writers flourished
from about the time of Cæsar and Cicero, to the death
of Augustus, A. D. 14. This period, of about a hundred
years, is called the Golden Age of Latin literature.
(vii)
viii INTRODUCTORY.
Many authors of later times, however, have written in
Latin, and it is still used by the Church of Rome in her
official documents and services. It was lomg the com-
mon language of scholars, and even now forms the
medium of communicatiom among learned Societies. It
is, in fact, SO far the language of Science, that the mas-
tery of it is essential to a clear understanding and
correct use of the most common scientific terms.
With the decay of Romam power, foreign people
settled in the territories where the Latim had been
spokem, and from the consequent intermixture of
tongues, the various modern languages, Italiam, French,
Spanish, and Portuguese were formed.
The English language, too, though it is essentially a
Teutonie tongue, as the successor of the Anglo-Saxon,
has yet borrowed mearly half its words from the Latin
and French.
From the foregoing facts it may be seen how justly
the Latin still maimtains its place as the foundation of
a liberal education.
NoTE.—With a large map of the ancient Romam Empire, the
teacher eam easily illustrate the spread of Roman conquests, and
thus still further excite in his pupils a lively interest in the study
they are about to undertake.
IPAIRT I.—FORMS OF WORDS.
I, E S S O N I.
Learn Grammar, §§ 4, 11, 12, 13, (or 377, IV, a, b)—
VoWels. Promounce the following Latin words and read
the sentence.
δd, to, toward. ä, äb, from.
ët, and. ë, ëx, out Qf.
in, in, into. si, fif.
öb, on account qf. . nös, QUe.
tüm, them. tü, thou.
Jacöbüs häbuît, duödécìm filiös, intér quös érât
Jacob had twelve SO?S among avhom. ^21}C£S
Josêphüs: hunc pätër ämäbät prae ceteris.
Joseph, him, his father loved before the others
NOTES.—What is a, verb ? What is the last, letter of each Latin
verb above ? - •
When a Latin verb ends in t, it is third persom, singular, active.
In English, the pronoun is placed before the verb ; as, he was lov-
ing: in Latin, the ending of the verb contains the pronoum; as,
ámä-, loving, ba, wa8, t, he ; hence, ämäbat, he wa8 loving.
(9)
10 LATIN GRADUAL.
IL E S S O N II.
Learn Gr., 5, 6, 14, and 15, (or 377, IV, c, d)—Diphthongs
and Consonants. Pronounce the words, and give the rule
for the sound of each consonant, and diphthong.
prae, béfore. eum, with.
laus, prai8e. - qui, who.
coetüs, meetimg. jüs, ju8tice.
Hei, ho ! heu, alas!
Cicéro, Cicero. Scipio, Scipio.
Réad the sentence and note sounds of vowels.
Dédérat, illi tögäm textam ê filis värii cölöris.
He had givem him coat ?{)O?}€2)?, threads different of color
NOTES.—Which diphthongsare rarely used? 35 a, b, c, d. In how
many words is ei found? eu? How were ae and oe originally writ-
ten? Is oi ever used? Its sound? Is there any difference in the
sound of cui and qui? When does m have the sound of ng? What
cOnsonants have the same Sound as in English? Are any letters
silent? What is the meaning of t in dederat?
L Esso N III.
Learn Gr., 16—21, (or 377, I-III)—Syllables. Pronounce,
and explain the divisiom into syllables.
di^ês, day. më/sei o, Ikmow mot.
di ë^i, qf day. + dë/dë rat, he had givem.
pä/ter, father. - ä mä^bät, he wa8 loving.
pä/tris, father's. ce^të ris, the re$t.
Divide into syllables, and give the rule for each syllable: illi, värii,
cölöris, causam, portendëbätur, ödérant, eo, amice, loqui,
meus, vestri, autem, ditiöni, noster, igmärus.
EORMS OF WORDS. 11
REVIEW.—Jacobus habuit duodecim filios, inter quos
erat Josephus: hunc pater amabat prae ceteris et dede-
rat illi togam textam e filis varii coloris.
NOTES.—How can the number of syllables in any Latin Word be
found? What combinations of consonants are placed after the di-
visions? Why does d belong to the first syllable in rédit ?
L E S S O N I V.
Learn Gr., 22—25.—Accent. Pronounce, and explain
the accent.
Josê^phus ë/rat; ma^^gnitü^do
su/is praeser/tim porten^^debä^tur
frä^trìbus raar^^rävis^set; futü^ra,
invi^sus som/nium ë'jus
Accent the following words: häbuit, duodécim, frätres, ëris,
*«_* * * •_* s * *** •• : e
märëque, unius, altërius.
Quam ob causam Josephus erat invisus suis
}Vhich, 0*€({S073 hated his
frätrïbus praesertim postquam marrävisset eis dúplex
brothers especially after he had told to them double
sOmnium quö futüra, ejus magnitüdo portendebätur.
dream bg which his greatmess wa8 show).
NOTES.—When can a, short penult take the accent? How can
the second and third accents be found? How can the quantity of
the penult be known? Is it necessary to know the quantity of any
other syllable than the penult to place the primary accent? How
many accents has bénéficentissîmüs ?
At the end of a verb, tur is 3 pers., sing., passive. What verb
above has this ending? What is the subject? 3 203, c. Why do
erat and narravisset end in t? What is their “subject”?
12 LATIN GRADUAL.
IL E S S O N V.
Learn Gr., 26—29.—Definitions. Pronounce, and tell
to what part of speech each word belongs.
égo, I. duplex, double.
somnium, dream. ligäbämus, we were bimding.
ERöma, Rome. haec, the8e.
manipülus, 8heaf. inquit, 8aid he.
agrö, in the field. rectus, vtpright.
Haec porro erant Josephi somnia. “Ligäbamus,”
???0?*€Oιγ€7* 2{}67*e Jo8eph's
inquit, “ sîmul manipulös in agrö: eccë manipulus
together lo
meus surgébat et stäbat rectus; vestri autem
'my Q?/?*OS€2 stood gyovtr but
manipuli circumstantes veneräbantur meum.”
stam ling a rov yvd were reverencing mime.
NOTES.—The ending of the first person, plural, active, is mus ; as,
ligabamus, we were binding ; the ending of the third person, plural
is nt; as, erant, they were ; ntur, third, plural, passive. Point out
the ending of each verb used in Lessons IV. and V. Venerabantur
has the meaning of the active voice, % 46.
*.
L E S S O N V I.
Learn Gr., 30—33.—Definitions. Pronounce, and clas-
sify as im Lessom V.
posteä, afterward. autem, but.
eeee, lo ! in, in.
et, amd. undécim, elevem.
mè, 'm6. stelläs, Star8.
praesertim, e8pecially. prae, before.
EORMS OF WORDS. 13
Postea vidi in somnis sölem, lünam et undecim
I saw - sleep S?£? 77?00??,
stelläs adórantës me.
worshiping
NoTEs.—The Perfect Indicative, first person, singular ends in I;
as, vidi, I 8aw. Which part of speech in Latin may alone consti-
tute a sentence? Why not the same in English? Which part of
speech is used tO name persons Or things? Which part to name
qualities or limitations? Are both nouns? How distinguished?
Define solar, lunar, 8tellar. Point out other derivatives from Latin
words already used.
IL E S S O N V II.
Learn Gr., 34—38.—Inflectiom. Pronoumce, and note
the inflected words.
est, he (she, it) is. fräter, brother.
cui, to whom. fratrës, brother8.
tu, thou, y0w. ëris, thow, wilt be.
tuae, thy, your. subjiciémür, we shall be 8ubject.
eüm, eäm, id, him, her, it. rex, king.
ei, to hám, her, it. nostër, nostrâ, nostrüm, Our.
Cui fratres responderunt, “Num tu eris rex
replied
noster? Num subjiciemur ditiöni tuae?” Fratres
1'^tle
igîtur invïdëbant ei; et pater rem tăcîtüs
accordingly emvied the matter ' silent
considérabat.
vas thinking about.
NoTEs.—Num asks the question, Wilt thou be king Over us? and
expects the answer No. The second persom, singular, active ending
is s; as, eris, thou wilt be. The first person, plural, passive ending is
mür ; as, subjiciémür. What would subjicientur meam ? Subjici-
ëmus ? subjiciet ? subjicient ?
· 14 ILATIN GRADUAL.
IL E S S O N V III.
Learn Gr., 39, 40. Also the verb-stems already used,
and tell the characteristic of each.
amä-, love. venerä-, ^Uorship.
ês-, be. ' stä-, Stand.
surg-, ri8e. ligä-, bind.
narrä-, tell. portend-, foretell.
invidë-, envy. subjici-, put under,
REVIEW. [IV., V., VI., VII.]—Quam ob causam Jose-
phus erat invisus suis fratribus, praesertim postquam
narravisset eis duplex somnium, quo futura, ejus magni-
tudo portendebatur. Haec porro erant Josephi somnia.
“Ligabamus,” inquit, “simul manipulos in agro: ecce
manipulus meus surgebat et stabat rectus; vestri autem
manipuli circumstantes venerabantur meum. Postea
vidi in somnis solem, lunam et undecim stellas ador-
antes me.” Cui fratres responderunt, “Num tu eris rex
moster? Num subjiciemur ditioni tuae?” Fratres igitur
invidebant ei; et pater rem tacitus éonsiderabat.
INoTE.—Find the stems of the verbs in the above, and see how the
meaning of each is determined by the ending.
IL E S S O N IX.
Learn Gr., 63, 64, a—Personal endings. Give the Eng-
lish pronoum for each of the endings:
mus, t, s, nt, r, mur, ntur, tis, m, o, tur, mini, i, nt, mus, ris,
re, t, or, re.
EORMS OF WORDS. 15
Give the endings—first active, then passive—for the pronouns:
nös, we; vös, you; is, he; ëgo, I; tu, thou; ëa, She; ii, they ; id, it;.
eae, they.
Apply thesè endings to the verb-stem ama-, love; thus: amäs, thou,
love$t; amämur, we a re loved; etc.
Review the verbs already used and note their personal endings:
portendebätür, it wa8 shown; habuit, he had; ligäbämus, we were
binding; erat, he wa8; respondérunt, they replied; erant, they were;
subjiciémur, we shall be put under.
Quâdam dië quum fratres Josephi pascérent;
One day when, were feeding
grèges procùl, ipsë remansêrat dömi.
flocks far away himself . had staid at home.
IL E S S O N X.
Learn Gr., 71—Present Indicative and Subjunctive of
esse. Define indicative mode ; subjunctive ; 47—49. De-
fine present tense; 56, 57, a.
Translate: sum, estis, sümus, sunt, sint, sitis, sim, est, es,
simus, sis.
Write in Latin: we are, he is, they may be, thou art, you are,
I may be, I am, you may be, thou mayst be, he is, they are, he
may be, it may be, we may be.
Jacóbus misit, eum ad fratres ut cognosceret
sent him, that he máght learm
quomodo sé habérent.
how themselves vere having.
NOTES.—The stem és appears in the second and third persons
singular and second person plural: elsewhere in the present, ô is
dropped. ü is the connecting vowel of the indicative. What is
the sign of the subjunctive? se habërent, they fared.
:
<s
a
:
:
•�
:
:
:
•
$
'.
�
$
16 LATIN GRADUAIL.
IL E S S O N X I.
Learn Gr., 71—Imperfect Indicative and Subjunctive
of esse. Define the imperfect tense; 57, a.
Translate ëräs, ërämus, esset, ërat, ërätis, essent, ërant, sit,
êram, essem, sum, essés, essétis, sint, sunt, estis.
Write in Latin: we were, thou couldst be, we might be, we
are, they were, I am, he might be, he could be, you were, thou
wast, he may be, he is, he was, we were, we may be.
Recite Orally, thus: ëräs, root ê (for és), sign, ra, was, personal
ending s, thou ; hence, ëräs = thov, wjast.
Recite the English thus: thow couldst be, imperfect, subjunc-
tive—root ës, tense sign se, personal ending s ; hence, thow couldst
be= essés.
Quî vîdentes Josêphum venientem consilium
seeing - coming desigi,
cëpërunt illius occidendi.
took of him, of killing.
NOTES.—Which mode expresses facts? Which uncertainty?
Which tense expresses action now going on? Action going on
in past time? The subjunctive is oftem translated by the indi-
cative; as, scio quis sis, I know who yow are.
IL E S S O N X II.
Learn Gr., 71—Future Indicative and Subjunctive of
esse. Review present and imperfect tenses. Define the
future tense; 57, a.
Translate érimus, ëro, fütúrus sit, ërit, ëritis, fütüri simus,
erunt, ëris, fütürus sim, ërunt.
FORMS OF WORDS. 17
Write in Latin: I shall be, thou wast, we are, you will be, they
may be about to be, we shall (possibly) be, they could be, I may
lbe, thou wilt be, they will be.
“Ecce,” inquiébant, “somniator vênit: occidámus
said they dreamer CO??®62S let ws kill
illum et projiciämus in puteum : dicémus patri:
him, let nus throw well we will say to father
Pera devorávit Josêphum.”
wild beast has devowred.
INOTES.—Oecîdämus and projiciämus, let us kill, let u8 throw, are
in the subjunctive mode, present tense, which is often used to ex-
press a desire. Distinguish the three tenses already given. In
Vwhat are they alike ?
IL E S S O N X III.
Learn Gr., 71, b—Perfect, Pluperfect, Future Perfect of
esse (Stem fu). Define the complete tenses; 57, b.
Translate fuisti, fuérim, fuéram, fuissem, fuerant, fuero, fué-
rumt, fuërint, fui, fuérat, fuit, fuërit, fuistis, fuéritis, fuissétis.
Write in Latin: we had been, thou couldst have been, you may
have been, you will have been, they were, they may have been,
he has been, we shall have been, thou hadst been.
Ruben, qui erat natü-maximus, deterrêbat frätres a
ę who eldest
tanto scelërë. “Nolite,” inquiebat, “interficëre puërum :
so great crime IDo mot slay the boy
est ënim fräter noster: demittite eum potius in
for let down. ταther
hanc foveam.”
this pit
NoTEs.—What stem is used for the complete tenses? How do the
complete tenses differ in form from the incomplete? 3 71, Rem. 3.
Grad.—2.
18 LATIN GRADUAL
L E S S O N X IV.
Learn Gr., 71, b—Imperative and Infinitive of esse.
Define imperative mode; infinitive mode ; 50, 51. Learn
personal emdings of the imperative, 64, b.
Translate este, ës, esse, fuisse, futürum esse, estóte, esto,
sumto, före.
Write in Latin: you shall be, you are, be you, let him be, they
shall be, they will be, to be, will or would be, let them be, be
thou, thou art.
atque, amd. animo, in mind.
eórum, qf them, their. illum, that Ome, him.
Habébat in animo, liberäre Josêphum ex eörum
He was intending to free
manîbus, et illum extrahére é foveâ, atque ad
hands, to draw out
patrem reducêre.
to lead back.
INoTEs.—EIabëbat in animo, he had im mind, is an equivalent for,
ërat ei in animo, it wa8 to him in mind. Both are used to express, he
intended. What participle has esse ?
IL E S S O N X V.
Review all the forms of the verb esse, 71. Write the
verb on the blackboard or On paper.
Analyze all the forms: thus, estis, stem ës, are; pers. end. tis, you;
pres. indic. 2d plur., you are ; fuimus, stem fu, beem ; sign i, perfect,
have; mus, ^Ue; perfect indic. 1st plur., we have beem (or we were, 360);
sunto, stem s (? 71, Rem. 1) connecting vowel u, pres. end. nto,
they ; fut. imperative, 3d plur., they shall be.
IEORMS OF WORDS. 19
Continue this analysis till the elements of each form become per-
fectly familiar.
REVIEW. [IX., X., XI., XII., XIII., XIV]— Quadam
die quum fratres Josephi pascerent greges procul, ipse
remanserat domi. Jacobus misit eum ad fratres ut cog-
nosceret quomodo se haberent. Qui videntes Josephum
venientem, consilium ceperunt illius occidendi. “Ecce,”
inquiebant, “somniator venit: Occidamus illum et proji-
ciamus in puteum ; dicemus patri: Fera devoravit Jose-
phum.” Rubem, qui erat natu maximus, deterrebat
fratres a tanto scelere. “Nolite,” inquiebat, “interficere
puerum est enim frater noster: demittite eum potius
in hanc foveam.” Habebat in animo, liberare Josephum
ex eorum manibus, et illum extrahere e fovea, atque ad
patrem reducere.
NOTE.—This Iesson should occupy three Or more recitations, until
every form of the verb esse is mastered, and every word of the Latin
text, pronounced correctly and rapidly, and rendered into English
in the Order of the Latin words; after which the whole passage
should be read rapidly, both in Latin and in good English.
IL E S S O N X V I.
A verbs, amä-. Learn Gr., 73, 74, a.—Principal parts,
active voice, and Present Indicative and Subjunctive of
amo. Review personal endings, 64, a.
Write the present indicative and subjunctive of the following
verb-stems: -
laudä-, praîse. stä-, 8tamd.
liberä-, set free. ligä-, bind.
devorà, devOwr. adorä-, worship.
narrä-, tell. considerä-, consider.
da-, give. amä-, love.
20 LATIN GRADUAL.
Analyze the following: ligäs, adorámus, liberëm, laudent, con-
sidérétis, stät. Thus, laudémus: stem lauda- ; present subjunc-
tive sign a (? 72), aa= e ; personal ending mus, we; hence, laudé-
mus, we may prai8e.
INOTES.—All verbs whose stems end in a, are inflected like amo,
and are called A verbs, or verbs of the first conjugation.
What is the characteristic of a stem? By what letter do the
indicative and subjunctive present differ?
L E S S O N XVII.
BLACKBOARD EXERCISE. — Write in Latin, as the
teacher dictates, the following forms:
Of the verb esse : the indicative, present, 3d plur., 1st sing., 2d
plur., 3d sing. Of the verb amäre: the indicative, present, 1st
plur., 2d sing., 2d plur., 3d plur. Of the verb esse : subjunctive,
present, 1st sing., 3d sing., 2d plur., 2d sing., 3d plur., 1st plur.
Of the verb amäre : the subjunctive, present, 3d sing., 3d plur.,
1st sing., 2d sing., 1st plur.
Write the Latin equivalents for: thou mayst be, we love, we are,
I am loving, we are loving, you may love, they love, they may
love, they are, thou art, thou art loving, thou lovest, thou mayst
love, he loves, he may be, they are loving, we may be, we may
love, ye love, I may love.
ORAL EXERCISE.—Analyze the above, giving the stem, mode
Or tense sign, personal ending. Tell the mode, tense, voice, per-
sOm and number, and meaning of all the forms written on the
blackboard.
L E S S O N X V III.
A verbs, amä-. Learn Gr., 74, a.—Imperfect Indica-
tive and Subjunctive of amo. Review principal parts,
active voice, 73; also, present tense, 74, a.
IFORMS OF WORDS. 21
Write the imperfect indicative and subjunctive, in all the forms,
Of the following verb-stems: da-, give ; sta-, stand ; ligä-, bind ;
narrä-, tell.
Translate : laudäbam, stämus, das, det, dëmus, adörës, därem,
consideräbat, dës, ligãt, ligärët, ligët, do, starëtis, narräbant,
dabätis, narrärent, stäs, laudétis, damus.
In rendering, begin with the ending: thus, laudäbam, m, first
persOn sing., I; ba, sign of imperfect, indicative, was; laudä-,
stem, prai8e; hence, laudäbam, I wa8 praising.
Ubi Josêphus pervênit ad frätres suos, detraxêrunt
JVhen, CC{TY)e pulled off
ei togam, quâ indütus ërat, et detrüsérunt eum in
in which clad thrust donUm
foveam.
NOTES.—What is the sign of the imperfect indic. ? Of the
imperf. subj.? % 72. Write, side by side, the same person and
number of each tense ; as, amäs, amés, amäbäs, amäres, and tell
wherein they differ in form and meaning.
IL E S S O N X IX.
A verbs, ama-. Learn Gr., 74, a—Future Indicative
and Subjunctive of amo. Review 57, a. Defime pres-
ent, imperfect, and future tenses.
The future subjunctive forms, amätürus sim, etc., are composed
of the pres. subj. forms of esse, and the fut. participle. Masculine
sing. ending, ürus, (plural, üri,) is attached to the supine stem
amät, which is formed by adding t to the present stem.
Write the future tense complete of: laudä-, dä-, narrä-, ligä-, with
meanings.
Translate, analyzing as in the last lesson: adorábo, dätürus sit,
ligäbunt, ligäbis, ligäbäs, däbimus, ligätüri sitis, amés, laudämus,
däbant, stăbîtis, stärës, däbit, laudätürus sis, amabîmus.
22 LATIN GRADUAL.
Deinde quum consédissent, ad sumendum cibum,
Them. had sat dowm. takimg food
conspexêrunt mercätöres, qui pétébant AEgyptum
S(■?!) traders vere seeking (om the wayto)
cum camélis portantibus varia, arómata.
camels carrying of differemt kinds spìces
INoTEs.—What is the mode and tense of petébant ? The sign?
What is the sign of the future tense indicative? Of the future
subjunctive? What is the sign of the imperf. tense indicative?
Of the imperf. subjunctive? What is the sign of the present
tense indicative? Of the present subjunctive? What is the
quantity of a characteristic? The a in da- is short.
I, E S S O N X X.
A verbs, ama-. Review the present, imperfect, and
future tenses of amo.
ELACKBOARD EXERCISE.—Write the Latin for the following, and
analyze each form: thou wilt love, we may love, I may be about
to love, we were loving, he might love, they may love, thou lovest,
he is loving, he will love, he might love, we could love, I shall
love, you may be going to love, you love, ye may love, they will
love, they may be going to love, I love.
Tell the tense, mode, voice, person, and number of the follow-
ing: laudés, sis, essem, erämus, amäbat, ërit, amatürus sit, erunt,
sumus, futürus sim, amärem, laudábimus, dent, stärëmus, futüri
sint, armätis, darët, arment, amo.
The pupil should first write the words on the blackboard, as.
the teacher dictates. Additional exercises of a, similar nature
cam be added by the teacher, if necessary.
NOTE.—Which tense expresses a customary past action? Which
one a general truth? Which one an attempted action? What is
the difference in meaning between, I shall praise, and I shall be
praising? Does the future tense express both meanings?
IFORMS OF WORDS. 23
IL E S S O N X X I.
A verbs, ama-. Learn Gr., 74, a.—Imperative amd Im-
finitive, Present, and Future of amo. Review personal
endings, 64, b. Define the Imperative and Infinitive
modes, 50, 51.
Write the imperative complete of verb-stems, dä-, laudä-, narrä-,
ligä-, with meanings ; also, the present and future infinitive of
each.
Translate: amäto, adorätë, damto, ligatöte, adorá, ês, sumto,
stäte, consideräre, daturum esse, futurum esse, ligaturos esse, nar-
räre, narräto.
Venit illis im mentem Josêphum vendere iis
It cœme mimd to sell
mercatöribus. Qui emërunt Josephum viginti
bought - tuventy
nummis argenteis eumque duxerunt in Ægyptum.
coims of silver brought
INOTES—HOW is the future infinitive formed? What is the mode
of vendêre ? Which person only has the present imperative?
Why? How do the endings of the imperative differ from those
of the indicative? Compare t and to, tis and te, nt and nto.
What is the sign of the present infinitive? % 65. Of the future
infinitive?
IL E S S O N X X II.
A verbs, ama-. T earn Gr., 73, 74, a.—Active, incom-
plete temses of amo. Nominative and accusative cases,
120.
INominative—Case of the subject, % 205.
Accusative—Case of the direct object, % 212.
24 LATIN GRADUAL.
VOCABUILARY.
NOMINATIVE. ACCUSATIVE.
Singular. IPlural. Singular. IPlural.
päter father pätres pätrem father pätres
filius SO??, filii filium SO??, filios
togâ COαί togae togam COQt togas
fräter brother fratres fratrem brother fratres
somnium dream somnia, somnium dream somnia,
mamipulus 8heaf manipuli manipulum 8heaf manipulos
söl S?//??, soles solem S?//??, soles
lîina, 770 OO??, lunae lunam ?7? OO??, lunas
egö I. mös, ^U€ mé ΊΊλ€ mós, @18
tu thou, vös, yOu, té thee vös, yOV,
Translate: Päter filium ämät. Filius patrem amäbat. Josêphus
somnium narräbat. Somnia, narräte. Manipulus stabit. Nös ligä-
mus. Stätis vös. Fratres manipulos ligäbunt. Sól më adörät.
I1unam adorabant. Pater togam dabit. Si filii patres ament.
E'rater somnium narräto.
INoTEs.—Analyze each verb. Point out each subject and object.
The accusative case singular, masculine and feminime ends in m,
the plural, in s. Define case, % 120.
L E S S O N X X III.
Translate the following into Latin:
The father gave a coat. The sheaves stand. Let fathers love
(their) sons. Thou wilt tell (thy) dream. Love (thy) brother.
Love (your) fathers. If * (we) should tell dreams. The sum and
moon may worship thee. We shall give (our) coats. Let him bind
the sheaf. Let the sheaves stand.
NoTEs.— * The subjunctive is used after si, fif. The pronouns
(substantive and possessive) are not expressed except for emphasis.
There is no word in Latin for the articles (a, an, or the). The
IRORMS OF WORDS. 25
verb stands last in its sentence, when not emphatic. Imperatives
are frequently emphatic and precede the object. In what case
must the subject be put? The direct object? What case in English
corresponds to the Latin accusative?
L E S S O N X X IV.
A verbs, amä-. Define passive voice, Gr., 44. Re-
view personal endings of the passive, Gr., 64, a. Learn
the Present Indicative and Subjunctive, Passive, Gr.,
74, b.
Translate: mür, mini, r, ris, tur, ntur, re, laudor, laudas,
narrätur, marrëtur, dätur, dentur, laudaris, laudémîni, dent,
détur, laudámur, amämîni, amätis, ligantur, ligët, laudër.
Write in Latin: we may praise, you may be praised, we are
praised, they are told, it is told, she is praised, he may be loved,
Iam givem, thou mayst be loved, it may be tied, let us bind (= we
may bind), they may be bound, we may consider.
Write in full the present passive of the verb-stem edücä-, educate.
NoTEs.—How is the subject related to the action in the active
voice? In the passive? The mode and tense signs are the same in
both voices: what differ? What letter is found in most of the
passive endings?
IL E S S O N X X V.
A verbs, amä-. Learn Gr., 74, b—The Imperfect In-
dicative and Subjunctive, and the Future Indicative,
Passive.
Translate: mür, bämur, amäbämur, bimur, ämäbimur, mini, laudä-
lbämini, ntur, buntur, dábuntur, ris, bëris, laudâbëris, laudàbërë, tur,
rétór, amärëtur, r, rër, laudärër, laudärëris, därent.
Grad.—3.
26 LATIN GRADUAL.
Write in Latin: I shall be praised, we might be praised, if you
should be praised, they were being given, thou wilt be loved, ye
might be praised, they are loved, it might be given.
Tunc fratres Josephi tinxérunt togam éjus in
Them. staimed
sanguinë haedi quem occiderant et misêrunt eam
blood of a kid had slain, $emut ât
ad patrem cum his verbis: “ Invénimus ' hanc
these found this
togam vïdë an toga filii tui sit.”
see whether som's thy
INoTEs.—The future subjunctive is wanting in the passive: how
supplied in the active? Point out the nominatives and accusatives
in the above. •
IL E S S O N X X V I.
A verbs, amä-. Learn Gr., 74, δ—Imperative and In-
finitive Passive. Review imperative and infinitive end-
ings, 64, b, 65.
Write the imperative in both voices of laudä-, with meanings.
Write all the infinitives, present and future, of dä-, in both voices.
Translate: tör, amätor, ntor, dantor, ri, amäri, amatum iri,
rmîni, laudämîni, ré, laudärë.
Write in Latin: praise thou, be thou praised, he shall give, let
it be given, to praise, to be praised, to be aboutto stand, to be about
to be praised, give ye, be ye praised.
NOTES.—The future imperative is chiefly used in laws, Orders, and
edicts. The future infinitive passive is formed by uniting the su-
pine in um (3 53, a), with iri, passive infinitive of eo, I go. The 2d
singular present imperative passive of all verbs is the same as infin-
itive active, and ends in rë. Compare ris or rë, % 64, a.
FORMS OF WORDS. 27
IL E S S O N X X V II.
Review Gr., 74, b—Passive voice, incomplete tenses.
ELACKBOARD ExERCISE. — Write, as teacher dictates, the Latin
forms of amä- in the passive voice.
Indicative present, 1st plur.; subjunctive imperfect, 3d sing.;
indicative future, 2d plur.; subjunctive present, 1st sing. ; imper-
fect future, 3d plur., 2d sing. ; infinitive present, future; sub-
junctive present, 3d sing.; indicative imperfect, 1st plur. Write
the following on the board, them tell the tense, mode, voice, per-
son, and number of each: dor, dëris, considerëbas, laudärë, lau-
däris, dämînî, amäbuntur, ligător, ligantior, ligätum iri, ligäri, ligä-
rër, laudëris, däris, ligätur. Thus, dor, present indicative passive,
1st sing., I am givem.
Let the class dictate others similar to the above, one Writing
On the board, another analyzing. The class may them correct.
IL E S S O N X X V III.
Passive voice of A verbs used with nouns. Review
vocabulary of Lessom XXII.
The person by whom an act is done is expressed by the abla-
tive case after the preposition ä or ab, % 260.
ä pätrë, by father. à fratrë, by brother.
ab illo, by him. ä filio, by SOm.
a fratribus, by brother8. ab illis, by them.
Translate and analyze each verb in the following sentences:
Filius ä pätrë ämätur. Toga à patre däbitur. Fratres a fratri-
bus amäbuntur. Somnium ab Josêphö marräbätur. Josêphus à
patre laudätur. Josêphus laudäbitur. Söl ët lüna, adorábantur.
28 LATIN GRADUAL.
.Ab illo ligábitur manipülus. A. frätribus ligantur manipuli. Amäre.
E'räter, amäre. Ilaudätur. Tuaudatum iri. Manipuli ligantur.
NoTEs.—In what case is the subject? % 205. What does the
ablative case express? ? 260. Point out all the nominatives and
ablatives in the sentences above.
L E S S O N X X IX.
A verbs, amav-. Learn Gr., 75—Perfect Indicative
Subjunctive and Infinitive of amo. Review the com-
plete tenses of esse, 71, b, and definitions, 57, b.
The Perfect Stem of ama- is formed by adding v, § 70;
thus, Present, ama- ; Perfect, amav-.
Write the forms of the perfect indicative and subjunctive of
the verb laudä-, praise, with their meanings.
Translate the following: Ligävit, laudävërim, laudävisti, de-
vorävërunt, narrávimus, marrävistis, adoràvisse, adoráverimus, ligá-
verint, laudävëritis, amävere, narráverit.
Analyze thus: amävëritis, personal ending, tis, y0w; sign, eri,
perfect subjunctive, may have; stem, amav-, loved; hence, you may
have loved.
Write in Latin: I loved, I have told, you may have tied, thou
hast perceived, they praised, we may have told, thou didst Iove,
we praised, to have told, thou lovedst, he has told, he tied, to
have praised, they have tied.
NoTEs.—The same endings are attached to the perfect stems
of all verbs. The endings, i, isti, it, etc., correspond to what
tense forms of esse ? % 71, Rem. 3. The perfect subjunctive end-
ings, erim, etc., are for esim, earlier forms of sim. The infinitive
-isse = esse.
IFORMS OF WORDS. 29
L E S S O N X X X.
A verbs, amav-. Learn Gr., 75—Pluperfect and Future
Perfect Indicative and Subjunctive of amo.
Write the pluperfect and future perfect of laudä-, praise, with
meanings.
Analyze and translate: Ligävërat, narrävisset, narrävëro, amävë-
ras, devorävërit, laudäverämus, adorävërimus, adoràvissem, amä-
vissent.
Write in Latin: They might have told, I shall have praised,
thou wilt have tied, he had told, we shall have worshiped, you
might have praised, they had loved, they will have praised, we
should have told, thou couldst have loved.
NOTES.—By what letter do the present and perfect stems of A
verbs differ? What state of an action does the perfect stem ex-
press? What, the present stem? What tenses are formed on
each stem? % 73. What mode and tense forms of esse corre-
spond to the pluperfect indicative endings? What, to the pluper-
fect subjunctive ? What, to the future perfect?
IL E S S O N X X X I.
Review Gr., 75—Active voice, complete tenses of the
verb amo.
PLACKBOARD EXERCISE.—Let the class write the Latin equiva-
lents of the following sentences on the board, and then change
places and correct one another's work: :
1. We have loved, they had loved, I loved, thou wilt have
loved, he had loved, he loved, she has loved, he may have loved,
they might have loved, they have loved, they will have loved,
he might have loved, to have loved.
30 LATIN GRADUAL.
2. Write the following forms of the verb-stem laudä-, praise:
Indicative perfect, 3d sing.; pluperfect, 3d plur.; future per-
fect, 2d plur.; subjunctive perfect, 2d sing.; pluperfect, 2d
plur.; future perfect, 1st sing.; perfect, 3d plur. ; pluperfect,
1st sing.
NOTE.—The pupil may be required to prove, by analyzing,
that each form is correct.
IL E S S O N X X X II.
A verbs, amat-. Learn Gr., 76—Passive voice, com-
plete tenses of amo. Review Gr., 44, 45, 54, c.
The Perfect Passive Participle has three endings to correspond
with the gender of the subject. These are:
- Ma8c. IFem. Neut.
Singular, üs â üm
Plural, î 8,€ ä.
These nominative endings are attached to the supine stem,
which is made from the present stem by adding t ; thus, pres-
ent stem, ama-, supine, amat-; lauda-, laudat-.
The forms of the verb esse are joined to the perfect participle
to make the complete tenses of the passive voice.
Write the forms of the complete tenses, passive voice, of lauda-,
praise, with meanings.
Quam quum agnovisset pater, exclamávit, “ Toga filii
This hcnew cried out son's
mei est, fera pessima devoravit Josêphum.” Deinde
evil Them
scidit vestem et induit, cilicium.
remt clothing put on cloth of goat's hair
NOTE.—The subjunctive after quum, whem, is rendered best by
the indicative; thus, quum agnovisset, when, he knew, not wher, he
might have known.
FORMS OF WORDS. 81
IL E S S O N X X X III.
A verbs, amat-. Learn Gr., 76—Pluperfect and Future
Perfect, Passive of amo.
Write the Pluperfect and Future Perfect, Passive of lauda-.
Write the Latin for: I have been loved, I was praised, he has
been praised, she had been loved, it was loved, it may have been
praised, they might have been praised, thou hadst been loved, I
may have been praised, they were loved.
Analyze, and tell tense, mode, voice, person, and number:
Armati sumus, laudati estis, laudatä sunt, amatä ëris, amata, sis,
laudätae essent, laudäti sint, amatum erat, laudatum esse, amä-
tös esse, amätam esse, laudatüs esset, laudati essémus.
NOTES.—The subject of the Infinitive being in the Accusative,
the Participle takes the Accusative endings to agree with it;
thus, singular, amatum esse, amatam esse ; plural, amatos esse,
armatas esse, amata, esse.
I, E S S O N X X X I V.
Complete tenses of A verbs, with nouns. Review
vocabularies in XXII and XXVIII.
Translate: Jacóbus filium amävit. Josêphus ä patre amätus
est. Fera, Josephum devorävit. A ferä devoratus esset Josephus.
Somnium sit, marrätum. Somnia, marratâ, sunt. IPatres a, filiis amati
sint. Manipulus erit, ligatus. A fratre eram amatus. Sol et luna,
me adoraverant. Pater exclämaverat. Si Josêphus à frätribus
amatus esset. Quum somniä marravisset.
Write in Latin: Joseph loved (his) brothers. (His) brothers
were loved by Joseph. You had been praised by (your) fa-
thers. (My) father might have praised me. We may have
32 LATIN GRADUAL.
|been praised by (our) fathers. The dream had been told. The
sheaves will have been bound.
NoTE.—The possessives need not be expressed when the sense
is clear without them.
IL E S S O N X X X V.
A verbs, amat-. Learn Gr., 53—55, 66—Participle,
Gerund, and Supines.
Erom the present stem are formed:
1. The present participle, by adding nt ; nominative, ns: thus,
amä- participial stem amant-, nominative, amans, loving. % 158.
2. The gerund, by adding ndo; nominative, mdum, % 127, b :
thus, amä-, gerund stem amando-, amandum, the loving.
3. The gerundive, by adding ndo; nominative, mdus, nda, ndum:
thus, amandus, amandâ, amandüm, must Or should be loved. % 155.
For these three forms see under incomplete tenses, % 74, a, b.
From the supine stem are formed:
1. The future active participle, by adding ùro ; nominative,
ürus, üra, ürum: thus, amätürus, a, um, abOut to love. % 155. This
is used in forming the future subjunctive and infinitive.
2. The supines: thus, amatum, amatü.
3. The perfect passive participle, by adding o; nominative,
us, a, um: thus, amätus, amäta, amätum. ? 155.
From verb-stems laudä- and laudät-, write all the participles,
gerunds, gerundives, and supines, with the meaming of each.
IL E S S O N X X X V I.
A verbs. Learn Gr., 77—Synopsis of amo by modes.
active and passive voices.
In the same way learn the synopsis of the 2d person singular,
FORMS OF WORDS. 33
then the 3d person singular, etc.: thus, indicative, active, amäs,
amäbas, amäbis, amävisti, amävëras, amaveris; passive, amäris (re),
amabaris, amabëris, amatus es, amatus eras, amatus eris.
Omnës filii êjus convênêrunt ut lenirent, dolörem
All his came together assuage distres8
patris; sed Jacóbus noluit accipére consolätiönem,
vould mob receive comfort
dixitque: “ Ego descendam maerens cum filio meo in
said amd vill go dowm 8orroving
sepulcrum.”
tomb.
NOTES.—Ut lenirent, that they might asswage, denotes the pur-
pose of eonvênêrunt. In English, it is better to say: “ All his
sons came together to assuage their father's grief.'' The Latim
commonly uses the subjunctive mode to express purpose. Why
is Ego expressed ?
I, E S S O N X X X V II.
A verbs. Learn Gr., 77—Synopsis of amo by temses,
active and passive.
In the same way, form and learn synopsis of each person and
number, repeating, always, such forms as have not person and
number: thus, present tense, 2d singular, amäs, amés, amâ, amäre,
amans, amandum, amäris, améris, amäre, amäri, amandus.
Write synopsis, both by modes and by tenses, of the verb
laudo, in tabular form, like % 77.
Putiphar Ægyptius émit Josephum à mercatöribus.
bought
Deus, autem, fävit Putiphari causâ Josephi; omnia ei
favored for the sake of all thimgs
prospere succedebant. Quam ob rem Josêphus benigne
favorably were succeeding Vherefore }:indly
habitus est ab herö, qui praefécit eum domui suae.
qvas treated qmaster set him over household his.
34 LATIN GRADUAL.
INoTEs. — What is the case of Putiphar ? Of Josephum P Of
mereatoribus P Of herö ? Of eum ? Causa Josephi, for Joseph's
sake. Josephi is the genitive case = English possessive. Fävit,
Putiphari, favored Potiphar. Putiphari is in the dative case—
Showed favor to Potiphar. % 241.
L E S S O N X X X V III.
A verbs. Learn Gr., 73, 77, 78—Principal parts of
amo. Synopsis by stems.
Write the three stems of laudäre, and the synopsis by each
stem, as in % 78.
REvIEw. [XVIII., XIX., XXI., XXV., XXXII.,
XXXVI., XXXVII]— Ubi Josephus pervenit ad fra-
tres suos, detraxerunt ei togam, qua indutus erat, et
detruserunt eum in foveam. Deinde quum consedissent
ad sumendum cibum conspexerunt mercatores qui pete-
bant Ægytum cum camelis portantibus varia aromata.
Venit illis in mentem Josephum vendere iis mercatori-
bus. Qui emerunt Josephum viginti nummis argenteis,
eumque duxerunt in Ægyptum.
Tunc fratres Josephi tinxerunt togam ejus in san-
guine haedi quem occiderant, et miserunt eam ad pa-
trem, cum his verbis: “Invenimus hanc togam ; vide an
toga, filii tui sit.” Quam quum agnovisset pater, ex-
clamavit : “ Toga filii mei est: fera pessima devoravit;
Josephum.” Deimde scidit vestem, et induit cilicium.
Omnes filii ejus convenerunt ut lenirent dolorem patris;
sed Jacobus noluit accipere consolationem, dixitque:
“ Ego descendam maerens cum filio meo in sepulcrum.”
Putiphar Ægyptius emit Josephum a mercatoribus.
Deus, autem, favit Putiphari causa Josephi; Omnia ei
IFORMS OF WORDS. 35
prospere succedebant. Quam ob rem Josephus benigne
habitus est ab hero, qui praefecit eum domui suae.
NOTES.—Write a, translation of the above, using the English
idioms. It is recommended that all the principles and forms thus
far given be thoroughly reviewed before the following lessons are
learned. These reviews can be conducted by using the Latim
text of this lesson ; e. g., while reviewing pronunciation, let each
Word above be pronounced, and the rule for Sound, syllabica-
tion, and accent given.
L E S S O N X X X IX.
Learn Gr., 115, 116, 119—The noum, gender, and num-
ber. Define inflectiom, declension, 34, 36.
Eoint out the substantives in Latin text in Lesson XXXVIII,
and classify; as, proper, common, generic, collective, Or abstract:
thus, Josêphus, individual name, proper noun, masculine, singu-
lar; frätres, name common to any one of a class, common noun,
masculine plural; eonsolationem, name of a quality, abstract noun,
. feminine singular. The teacher can explain the gender of such
nouns as do not show their gender by their meaning.
Post biennium rex ipse habuit somnium. Videbatur
space qf two years He seemmed
sibi, adstäre Nilo flumîni; et ecce emergébant dé
to himself river came wp ovt
flumine septem vaccae pingues, quae pascëbantur in
S€J)€?? cOvUS fat were feeding
prato. Deinde septem aliae vaccae macilentae exierunt
7neadow other leam came fortl.
ex eödem flumîne, quae devorävërunt priöres.
SαΊΤΩΘ the first
NoTEs.—For what purpose are verbs inflected? Nouns? Post
biennium, after two years. What events had taken place between
Joseph's appointment (Lessom XXXVII) and this dream of
Eharaoh ?
36 LATIN GRADUAL.
IL E S S O N X L.
A declensiom. Learn Gr., 120—The six cases, Nouns
whose stems end in a, are thus declined:
Tögä, COQt. Eteginâ, queem.
Sing. Plur. Sing. IPlur.
IN. tögä tögae rëginâ réginae
V. togä togae reginâ reginae
Acc. togäm togäs reginäm reginäs
G. togae togârum reginae regimärum
. togae togis reginae reginis
Ab. togâ togis reginâ reginis
I)ecline the nouns above, giving the meaning of each case-form
in order: thus, nominative, régimä, queem, etc. ? 124.
Write, in tabular form, the declension in full of the nouns
already given of the A declension: causâ, lunä, stellä, ferä, foveâ,
and vaccä. Find each of these in the Review lessons, and tell
its case in the sentence where it is found.
NoTEs.—Which case : names the subject? The direct object?
The person spoken to? The possessor? The person by whom ?
The person to whom? The indirect object? What cases of the
A declension, singular, are alike? Of the plural? What is the
quantity of a in each of the different affixes? 3 123. Why is a
long in the ablative singular? % 123, note. The quantity of is in
the plural?
L E S S O N X L I.
A declensiom. Learn Gr., 117, 118—Rules for gender.
Review 123, 124. Declime, in full, dea amd filia, 124,
Rem. 1.
FORMS OF WORDS. 37
VOCABULARY.
ripâ, bank. literae, (plur.) am, epistle.'
formâ, Shape, form. umbrâ, shade.
literä, letter, mark. undâ, QUave.
agricölä, farmer. silvä, a wood, fore8t.
casâ, COttage. feminâ, Qvomam.
Give the English equivalents for: Agricölae casä. Luna inter a
stelläs. In 9 ripä. Formae literärum. Cumb reginae filiäbus. Sub c
silvae umbra. In 9 silvam. O femina. Eb casis agricolârum.
IEFormâ, litërae.
Write in Latin: Of the farmers. The shape of the hut. By
the shape of the letters. To the woman. The farmer's cot-
tage stood on the bank. With the queen's daughter. To the
goddesses of the waves.
NoTEs.—a% 177. b % 178. c 3 179. Agricolae casä, the cottage qf the
farmer or the farmer'8 cottage ; the genitive stands first for em-
phasis. One noun limiting another by denoting possession is in
the genitive. % 230.
IL E S S O N X L II.
A verbs and A nouns combined.
VOCABULARY.
aquila, eagle. errä-, Stray.
terra, lamd. temperä-, gOverm.
fabula, tale, fable. volä-, fly.
gloria, glory. regnä-, reign.
venia, pardom. vocâ-, S?!??????O??.
amicitia, friendship. curä-, take care qf.
concordia, agreement. orä-, prœy.
Write in Latin: 1. We shall tell the tale. 2. The eagles had
flown. 3. Love concord. 4. They will beg pardon. 5. The goddess
38 LATIN GRADUAL.
reigned in a the woods. 6. The eagles flew throughb the woods.
7. Love glory. 8. A story was told aboute friendship. 9. Call
your daughter. 10. They were wandering upon* the earth.
NoTEs.—a % 179. b % 177. c % 178. How may a noun of the first
declension be known? Decline all the A nouns, thus far given,
until the case-forms are familiar. Name the principal parts Of the
verbs in the vocabulary above.
IL E S S O N X L III.
O declension. Learn Gr., 126, 127 a—Dominus, vir,
puer, liber. Nouns whose stems end in o are of the
second declension, 121.
Nouns of the O declension, whose nominative ends in
üs, have ë in the vocative. All other Latin nouns have
the vocative like the nominative.
IFind in the Review lessons all the O nouns, and decline
them. Tell in what case and number each is used.
Write, in tabular form, the full declension of filius, 80m; 'deus,
god ; (? 128) and Horatius. Name their irregularities.
Pharao experrectus rursum dormivit, et alterum habuit
*oused again slept secomd
sommium. Septem spicae plënae énascëbantur in ünö
e(!?*S full grew out
culmo,* aliaeque totidem exiles succrescëbant, et spicas
stalle just as many thim grew wp
plênas consumebant.
INoTEs.—a % 179. Decline spicae and culmö. How may nouns of
the second declension be distinguished from those of the first?
Gen. plur. of each declension? Gen. sing. of each declension ?
% 121. What O nouns are musculine? What ones neuter? What
ones feminine by exception? 3 127, b, Rem. 3.
IEORMS OF WORDS. • 39
IL E S S O N X L I V.
O declension. Learn Gr., 127, b—Neuters.
Decline: somnium, consilium, cilicium, sepulcrum, biennium,
frumentum. Abbreviate thus: Nom., voc., and acc., somnium ;
gen., somnii; dat. and abl., somnio ; plur., somnia, somniorum,
sormniis. se*
Translate: 1. Hunc filium a Jacobusb amabat prae ceteris. c
2. Ex Ægypto frumentum portavérunt. 3. Frumentum a filiis d
Jacobi° est, portatum. 4. ** Ligabamus,” inquit, ** manipulos in
agro f.** 5. Viris g dätur gloria. 6. Fera per agrosh errat. 7. Lau-
dant pueros. 8. Filii mi,J narra somnium.
INOTES.—a? 212. b % 205. c % 178. d % 260. e% 231. f% 179. g? 240.
h% 177. i? 210. j% 173, a, Rem. 1.
Parse the nouns according to the following form: thus, filium
is a common noun of the O declension, stem filio-; nominative,
filius; masculine by signification; singular; accusative case, be-
cause it is the direct object of amabat. Rule 7: The direct object
and affect of an action are in the accusative.
The vocative singular of filius drops e, (3 126;) the corresponding
feminine form is filia, a mobile noun, 3 118, Rem. 1; its English
derivatives are filial, filiate, affiliate, etc.
Form for Par8ing Nouns.
1. Class, % 115. 5. Number. Decline.
2. Stem and declension. 6. Case and syntax.
3. Nominative. 7. Rule.
4. Gender, with rule. 8. Remarks, % 153.
IL E S S O N X L V.
A and O declension. Learn Gr., § 154—The Noun
Adjective. The inflection of the adjectives is the same
40 LATIN GRADUAL.
as that of the substantives with similar stems. Vowel
stems end in o for the masculine and neuter, and in a
for the feminine gender, 154, a. Decline bonus, miser,
and sacer, also solus, 155.
Write in Latin: 1. The good a boy. 2. The good daughter. 3.
The good counsel. 4. For the wretched man. 5. Of the good
sons. 6. For the good daughters. 7. With good boys. 8. O
wretched master. 9. Of the good corn. 10. Of the good daughter.
11. By the wretched Joseph.
NoTEs. — a 3 266, Rule 51. The perfect participle has the same
forms as bönüs; so has the future active participle and the
gerundive. These forms are included in Rule 51. Decline ama-
tus, a, um, having been loved; amatürus, ä, üm, going to love; and
amandüs, ä, um, should or mu8t be loved.
L E S S O N X L V I.
Review the passive voice, complete tenses of amo,
Gr., 76. Adjectives, 155.
VOCABULARY.
Meus, mea, meum, my, mine. Gr., 173, a, Rem. 1.
Tuus, tua, tuum, thy, thine.
INoster, nostra, nostrum, Our, Ovtrs.
Vester, vestra, vestrum, your, your8.
Suus, sua, suum, his, her, its, their.
Varius, varia, varium, different.
Eectus, recta, rectum, straight.
Tacitus, tacita, tacitum, silent.
Tantus, tanta, tantum, 80 great, such.
Argenteus, argentea, argenteum, Qf Silver.
Find each of the adjectives here given in the Review lessons
IFORMS OF WORDS. 41
III, VIII, XV, and XXXVIII; decline and point out its agree-
ment, Rule 5l.
Write in Latin: 1. My son. 2. O my son. 3. Of different colors.
4. Our sheaves. 5. Thy daughter. 6. Your designs. 7. For your
cottages. 8. Silver coins. 9. In so great forests. 10. Of the silent
vwoman. 11. The- sheaves stood upright. 12. With various coins.
13. Their silver coins. 14. So great a forest.
NOTES.—Suus denotes what belongs to the subject, or agent of
the principal verb. The adjective follows its noun unless em-
phatic; as, puer meus, a bOy Qf mine ; but, meus puer, my b0y.
How is amatus declined ? With what does the participle, in
the passive voice forms, agree? Explain the agreement in filius
est, amatus, filiae amatae sunt.
IL E S S O N X L V II.
E verbs. Learm Gr., 79—Incomplete Tenses. Stems
of verbs emding in e are of the second conjugatiom, 68.
The mode and tense signs are the same as in A verbs; their
inflection differs only in the stems; but e is retained before o Or
a in the present. V.
Write the incomplete tenses of habé-, p088e88, in tabular form,
like 3 79, and give the meaming of each form as Written.
Ubi illuxit, Pharo perturbätus, convocávit omnés
it avas day troubled called together
conjectores Ægypti et narrávit illis somnium ; at nemo
sooth-sayers - but mo ome
poterat illud interpretäri.
(it
to explain
NoTE.—Illucesco makes its perfect stem thus: illucs = illux,
399, IV; 3 106, a; 3 195. Interpretäri is deponent, % 93; poterat.
3 109, 1, b
Grad.—4.
42 LATIN GRADUAL.
L E S S O N X L V III.
E verbs.
Analyze : habuit, respondérunt, invidebant, habérent, videns,
deterrêbat, habëbat, illuxit, vidëbätur (deponent), habéte, vidë,
habeam, habébunt, respondërent, vidëto, videäs, habëre, videor,
vïdërer, monëbäris, habëbitur, visurus sim, habituri sint, habëri,
monérentur, habémus, habeämus, habendum, habendi, habendo,
habitürus, videndus, habitum, habitu.
Write in Latin: We envy, they might have, I may see, I may
seem, you were having, thou mightst have, have ye, let them
see, to be seen, to envy, he will envy, they will be envied, thou
shalt see, they shall have, having, the having, of the seeing.
NOTE.—How are the stems vid-, vis-, formed from vide- P 3 99,
II, 100, b; the stems respond-, respons-, from responde- P % 99, I,
ERem. 3.
L E S S O N X L IX.
E verbs. A and O nouns.
VOCABULARY.
arma, Q^???S. time- timu-, fear.
;/ ventus, wind. pâte- patu-, be opem.
ëquus, h0r8e. terre- terru- territ-, frighten.
löcus, place. appäre- apparu-, appear.
möta, mark. téne- tenu- tent-, hold.
jänua, doOr. väle- valu- valit-, be well.
Translate: 1. Arma equos terrebunt. 2. Janua patet. 3. Locè,
apparebant. 4. Si valës.* 5. Si valeas,b erit béne. 6. Ego timec,
ut vös valeatis. ° 7. Vos timebatis ut nös valêrêmus. c 8. Notg,
apparébit. 9. Equi terrentur. 10. Timet me terreantur c equi
11. Ne time. 12. Locä terrébant. 13. Locä terrébantur. 14. Ja-
cöbus filias habuit. 15. Si janua patêret. d
FORMS OF WORDS. 43
NOTES.— a 3 292, a. b 3 306, a. c 3 295, 2. d % 306, c. Parse the
nouns in the sentences above. Many E verbs are intransitive,
and have no supine stem, % 111, a, 2. Timeo ut valeatis, Ifear that
3yOu are not well ; ut is rendered, that mot, after verbs of fearing. Ne
is used for mot before an imperative.
L E S S O N IL .
E verbs. Learn Gr., 80—Complete Tenses.
Analyze: monuisti, habuêrant, timuit, timuero, vidissës, timuisse,
patuérunt, territus sim, territi estis, deterruërit, monitae essent,
monitus fuit, * timuerint, territos esse, territus, tentum esse, tenta,
fuissent. a.
Write in Latin: 1. The places were held. b 2. We had feared
the winds. 3. The horse had been frightened. 4. We may have
frightened the horse. 5. To have had. 6. To have been held
(subject locum). 7. You will have seen the marks. 8. The arms
might have frightened the horses. 9. Do not be afraid. c 10. The
door may have been open. 11. When they had been advised. d
NOTES.—a ? 95, h. b 3 60. c 3 309, c. d % 292, d. What are the
three stems of monëre ? The principal parts? How does the in-
flection of E verbs differ from that of A verbs? In the compound
forms of verbs, what rule governs the gender of the participle?
Eule 51.
IL E S S O N IL I.
E verbs. Learn Gr., 81, 82—Synopses by Modes, by
Tenses, and by Stems.
BLACKBOARD ExERCISE.—Write in I.atin: Thou advisest, thou
mayst advise, advise thou, to advise, advising, an advising, thou
44 LATIN GRADUAL.
art advised, thou mayst be advised, be advised, to be advised,
should be advised, he was advising, he might advise, he Was
(being) advised, he might be advised, they will advise, they may
be going to advise, they shall advise, to be going to advise, going
to advise, they will be advised, they shall be advised, to be going
to be advised.
Write the synopsis of the stem habe-. Of the stem terru-.
Of the stem habit-.
Write the synopsis of the perfect tense of vid-. Of the plu-
perfect of terru-.
I, E S S O N I, II.
Review Gr., 124, 127—A and o nouns. Review prin-
cipal parts and stems of all A and E verbs already learned.
Translate: 1. Templä IDeörum ornăbîmus. 2. Tumidus arva,
rigat Nilus. 3. Lacrimae per genas manavérunt. 4. Undique
arma apparébant. 5. Agri arëbunt. 6. VemtI undaeque timëban-
tur. 7. Utinam multos habërema amicos. 8. Spectacülum mirum
viderämus.
Tum Josephus Pharaoni: “Duplex,” inquit, “somnium
ünam atque eandem rem significat. Septem vaccae
S0707®€2 thing
pingues et septem spicae plenae sunt septem amni
ubertätis mox venturae; septem vëro vaccae macilentae
qf plenty . soon coming
et septem spicae exiles sunt totidem anni fämis, quae
as many offamine
ubertatem secutura, est.”
plenty will follow
NOTE.—a? 809, a. Decline the nouns and adjectives above. For
new words consult vocabulary (p. 42). Every new word should be
thoroughly learned: if a noun or adjective, its meaning, stem, declen-
8iom, and gender; if a verb, its meaning, conjugation, principal parts,
and 8tem8, as indicated in the vocabulary.
FORMS OF WORDS. 45
L E S S O N L III.
Consonant nouns. Learm Gr., 130, 131, 185—Liquids.
Decline sól, leo, amor, pater.
Write in tabular form the deelension of color, dolor, frater,
ditio.
Translate: 1. Varii coloris toga. 2. Josephus erat invisus suis
fratribus. 3. Cui fratres responderunt. 4. Num subjiciemur. di-
tioni tuae P 5. Somniator venit. 6. Jaeobus misit eum ad fratres.
7. Ibicemus patri. 8. Omnes convenerunt ut lenirent dolorem pa-
tris. 9. Jacobus noluit accipere consolationem. 10. Putiphar emit;
Josephum a, mercatoribus.
NOTES.—How are consonant nouns classified? What is a liquid
stem? What is the stem of each liquid noun above? What is
the rule for forming the nominative of sol- P Of dolör-? Of
dition-? Of fräter- ? Tell the case of each noun above.
IL E S S O N IL I V.
Learn Gr., 132 amd 133—Labials and Palatals.
Give case, number, and meaning of: Solés, solis, regem, regum,
dolorës, patri, frätrïbus, colöre, pater, urbium, stirpe, stirps, stir-
pium, söli.
Eimd forms of labial or palatal nouns used in the Latin text
already givem in Review lessons, and tell case and number of
each.
“Ităque, rex, praeficé toti Ægyptö virum sapientem et
set over all ^U? Se
industrium, qui partem frugum recondat in horreis
part may store vp
publicis, servetque diligenter in subsidium fämis secu-
• - carefully relief qf hwmger
türae.”
46 LATIN GRADUAL.
NOTES.—Monosyllabic stems ending in bi, Or pi, (as urbi-, stirpi-)
usually retain the i in the genitive plural Only ; hence, in Other
cases, they appear to be labials. Decline the nouns of the text
above.
L E S S O N I, V.
Consonant nouns. Learn Gr., 134—Linguals. Decline
also the lingual stems found in the Review lessons:
ubertat-, aromát-, parti-, 137, 1. Review 132, 133,
Ilabials and Palatals.
Translate, naming the case of each noun, % 177—9: 1. Ab urbe.
2. Ad urbem. 3. Coram principem. 4. Propter aetatem. 5. Cum
militibus. 6. IDe lege. 7. Per virtutem. 8. In caput. 9. Sub
judice. 10. Super militum capita. 11. Ex lapide. 12. Virtutis
legibus parete.
Regi* placuit consilium; quäre dixit Josephob: “ Num
quisquam est in Ægypto te ° sapientior? Nemo certe
thee
any one aviser lNo ome
fungetur melius illo munere.'' En tibib trado curam
vill discharge better qffice give over
regni° mei.”
NoTEs.— a 3 241. b % 240. c 3 261, c, and Rem. 1. d 3 258, a.
e% 233, a. How do linguals form the nominative case? Principal
parts of placuit, and parete P Parse the nouns by the form in
Lesson XLIV.
L E S S O N IL V I.
Consonant nouns. Learn Gr., 135—Liquids. Review
134, Linguals; also, Liquids in Lessom LIII. . Like.
IEORMS OF WORDS. 47
virgo, decline magnitudo; like leo, ditio; like amor,
mercator, and dolor; like momen, flumen.
Translate: 1. IJeo virginem devoravit. 2. Josephus Pharaoni
somnium interpretatus est. 3. Neminem videmus. 4. Septem
vaccae pingues ubertatem significant. 5. Pharao Nilo a fluminib
adstabat. 6. Mercatorum caméli aromata, portabant varia. 7.
IPueri timuerunt leones. 8. Nomina aromatum sunt multa.
Tum detraxit e manu suâ annulum et Josephi digito''
took off hand
inseruit; induit illum veste ° byssimà d; collo” torquem
put upom clothed garment of limem
aureum circumdedit eumque in curru suo secundum
put arowavd amd himw chariot
collocavit.
INOTES.—-a % 265. b % 242. c % 258. d? 266. Parse the nouns.
IL E S S O N IL V II.
Consonamt nouns. Learn Gr., 136—SpirantS. Like
fumus, decline scelërë and munére; also the additional
examples, writing each in tabular form.
ELACKBOARD ExERCISE.—Write the nominative of the following
stems: crüs-, adép-, nepót-, calic-, pëd-, consolatión-, carön-, aetät-,
vöc-, comét-.
Write the genitive singular of: judëc-, milët-, caput-, pectén-,
arbös-, tempus-, homön-, robür-, tellüs-, flöS-.
Write the nominative endings of masculines. Of feminines.
Of neuters. % 140.
Write the genitive plural of: urbs, pars, trabs, mös, corpus,
arbor, leo, caro, virgo, lapis, conjux.
NoTEs.—In what case and number may the characteristic of the
stem be found ? Give the gender of each noun in this lesson,
with the rule for it. Give the masculine endings of the second
declension. - - - -
48 LATIN GRADUAL.
IL E S S O N IL V III.
I noums. Declime urbs (urbi-); mox (nocti-); cohors
(cohorti-); nubes (nubi-); linter (lintri-); Samnis (Sam-
niti-) ; vis (visi-) ; and sitis (siti-). Gr., 137, a, b.
REvIEw. [XXXIX, XLIII, XLVII, LII, LIV, LV,
LVI]—Post biennium rex ipse habuit somnium. Vide-
batur sibi adstare Nilo flumini; et ecce emergebant de
flumine septem vaccae pingues, quae pascebantur in
prato. Deinde septem aliae vaccae macilentae exierunt,
ex eodem flumine, quae devoraverunt priores. Pharao
experrectus rursum dormivit, et alterum habuit som-
mium. Septem spicae plenae enascebantur in uno culmo,
aliaeque totidem exiles succrescebant, et spicas plenas
consumebant. Ubi illuxit, Pharao perturbatus, convo-
cavit omnes conjectores Ægypti, et narravit illis som-
nium; at nemo poterat illud interpretari.
- Tum Josephus Pharaoni: “ Duplex,” inquit, “somnium
unam atque eandem rem significat. Septem vaccae
pingues et septem spicae plenae sunt septem anni uberta-
tis mox venturae; septem vero vaccae macilentae et sep-
tem spicae exiles sunt totidem anni famis, quae uberta-
tem secutura est. Itaque, rex, praefice toti Ægypto virum
sapientem et industrium, qui partem frugum recondat
in horreis publicis, servetque diligenter in subsidium
famis secuturae.”
Regi placuit consilium ; quare dixit Josepho: “ Num
quisquam est in Ægypto te sapientior? Nemo certe
fungetur melius illo munere. En tibi trado curam regni
mei.” Tum detraxit e manu sua annulum et Josephi
digito inseruit; induit illum veste byssina; collo tor-
quem aureum circumdedit, eumque im curru suo secun-
dum collocavit.
EORMS OF WORDS. 49
IL E S S O N I, IX.
I declension. Learn Gr., 156, 157—The adjectives
acer, celer, levis. &
Write, in tabular form, the full declension of völücêr (völücri-),
winged; omnis (omni-), all ; pinguis (pingui-), fat; exilis (exili-),
thim. Review % 155, bonus and solus. Decline the noun and ad-
jective combined:
Singular. Plural.
N. & V. vacca pinguis vaccae pingués
Acc. vaccam pinguem vaccäs pingués
G. vaccae pinguis vaccärum pinguium
ID. vaccae pingui vaccis pinguîbus
Ab. vaccâ, pingui vaccis pinguîbus
Decline, in like manner, alia vacca, macilenta; ünüs culmüs;
AEgyptüs totâ ; torquîs aureüs.
Josephus perlustravit omnes Ægypti regiones et per
septem annos ubertatis congessit maximam frumenti
gathered very great
copiam.* Secuta est inopia septem annorum et in orbe
universo fames ingravescebat. Tunc aperuit horrea, et
was growing worse opemed
frumenta, vendidit.
sold.
NOTE—a? 153. Point out all adjectives in Lessons LVIII and
LIX, and their agreement by Rule 5l. -
IL E S S O N IL X.
Consonant declensiom. ILearn Gr., 158—The adjec-
tives felix (feliei-), ingens (ingenti-).
Grad.—5.
50 • LATIN GRADUAL.
Adjectives of but one termination in the nominative singular
of all genders have the genitive plural ium ; the stem, therefore,
varies. Compare urb- urbi-.
Write the declension, in full, of duplex (duplic-) ; säpiens
(sapient-); also of vir sapiens, combined.
Learn % 161, 162. Decline lévior, % 157; likewise, sapientior.
Write in Latin: 1. Wise a man, wiser man, wisest man. 2. Of
fat heifers, of other ears, in all AEgypt. 3. Golden collars (neck-
laces), of one stalk, lighter stalks. 4. Of Joseph alone, to the
vwhole world, of the greatest abundance. 5. One year, lean cows,
thin ears. 6. Every stalk, other wiser men, of very great plenty.
INoTEs.— a Rule 51. Present participles used as adjectives have
the ablative end in i. How are comparatives declined? How
many adjectives are declined like sölus? Which of them have
already been used?
L E ss ON LXI.
I verbs, audi-. Learn Gr., 83—The Incomplete Tenses
of audio. Verbs whose stems end in i are of the fourth
conjugation.
The perfect and supine stems usually add v and t, respectively,
thus: audi-, hear; audiv-, audit-. Principal parts: audio, audire,
audivi, auditum.
The sign of the future indicative is e, first person, a; but old
forms occur with sign bi ; as, scibo, I shall know; ibo, I shall go.
Write the incomplete tenses, active and passive, of verb-stem
lëni-, 8Qftem. Lesson XXXVI.
Analyze: 1. Dormivit (Lesson XLIII), lenirent. 2. Dormiébam,
1eniáris. 3. Lenirëtur, lenitor. 4. Leniri, lenire. 5. Ijeniens (de-
clined as prudens), leniendi. 6. Dormiës, leniëris. 7. Dormiunt,
lenimîni. 8. Audiant, audient. 9. Dormiäm (tWo places), leni.
EORMS OF WORDS. 51
INoTEs.—How do verbs of the A, E, and I conjugations differ
in their incomplete tenses? These are called the vowel conjuga-
tions, in distinction from all other verbs whose stems end in a,
consOnant, or the semi-consonant u.
L E S S O N IL X II.
I verbs, audiv-, audit-. Learn Gr., 84—The Complete
Tenses of audio. Write the complete tenses of lemi-,
leniv-, lenit-.
Write in Latin: 1. We have slept. 2. You had soothed. 3.
Thou wilt have heard. 4. He may have slept. 5. We may have
been soothed. 6. To have slept. 7. To have been soothed. 8.
Having been soothed. 9. We were heard. 10. They might have
slept. 11. You might have been soothed. 12. I may have slept.
13. Thou hadst slept. 14. That they might SOoth their father.
Ex aliis quoque regionibus convéniébatur in Ægyptum
ad emendam annónam. Eädem necessitäte compulsus
buying qyear's produce drivem
Jacóbus misit illuc filios suos. Sëd retinuit domi natu
sent thither at home the
minimum, qui vocabatur Benjamimus.*
gyovtmgest
NOTES.—^? 206. Conveniébatur, it was assembled = they were
thronging. % 45, 114, c. Convêni- makes its perfect stem convën-.
? 104, c.
IL E S S O N IL X III.
I verbs. Learn Gr., 85, 86—Synopsis of audio.
Write the synopsis of leni-, by tenses, in the second person
singular; of dormiv-, by perfect stem, third person singular; of
52 LATIN GRADUAL.
conveni-, by indicative mode, first person singular; of leni-, by
supine stem, first person singular.
Translate: 1. Puer eruditur. 2. Pueri erudiuntur. 3. Rex dor-
mivit. 4. Pater audiit. 5. Scelera puniantur. 6. Urbes munitae
sunt. 7. Hanc togam invenimus. 8. Patrem leniunt. 9. Senten-
tiae finiuntur.
NoTE.—Parse the verbs according to the following form, thus:
finiuntur is a verb (226); transitive (341, b); its stem characteristic
is i of the fourth conjugation (% 68); regular (369); its stems are:
fini-, finiv-, finit-; principal parts, finio, finire, finivi, finitum,
(? 105, c); the stem is fini-, the personal affix ntur (364), with con-
necting vowel u; it is found in the present, indicative passive;
the synopsis of the present passive is finior, finiar, finire, finiri,
finiendus (385); it is inflected, fimior, finiris, or finire, finitur, fini-
mur, finimini, finiuntur; it is in the third person plural to agree
with its subject sententiae by Rule 55—The finite verb agrees
with its subject in number and person; indicative mode, by
IRule 56.
REMARKs.—Finio is derived from finis, an end (3 194, a); its
English derivatives are numerous, as final, finish, etc.
Form for Parsing Verbs.
. Transitive or Intransitive (Deponent, etc.)
Characteristic and Conjugation.
Regular or Irregular.
Stems and Principal Parts.
. Analysis—Stem, Sign, and Personal Ending.
Tense, Mode, Voice, and Synopsis of Tense.
Inflect the Tense and Voice.
. Agreement and Rule.
. Rule for Mode.
. Remarks—Derivation, Composition, etc.
1
In parsing an infinitive omit numbers 7 and 8; in parsing a
participle or gerundive decline it, and omit number 9.
IEORMS OF WORDS. 53
L E ss ON LXIV.
U nouns. Learm Gr., 142, 143, amd Remarks 1—8.
Decline mamus, portus, artus, veru, and domus. Find all the
forms of domus, manus, and currus in Lessons XV, XXXVIII,
LXII.
Decem fratres, ubi in conspectum Josephi venêrunt,
eum proni venerati sunt. Agnóvit eos Josephus, mec
recognìzed
ipse est cognitus ab eis. Noluit indicare statim qui
himself avas known was vtmwilling immediately
esset *; sed eos interrogavit tamquam alienos P: “ Unde
he was as áf stramgers
vënistis et quo consilio °?”
NoTEs.—a 3 294, a. b 3 269, a. c2 259. What nouns of the fourth
declension are feminime? What is the dative and ablative plural
form of acus P Of manus, Of partus P Of pecu? What kind of
a verb is venerati sunt? Give the stems of venerunt. How does
the perfect stem differ from the present? Parse the verbs inter-
rogavit amd esset, % 104, c.
L E S S O N IL X V.
IE nouns. Learn Gr., 144, 145, amd Remarks 1—4.
Decline dies, res, spes, acies, and meridies.
Qui responderunt: “Profecti sumus ê regione Cha-
JWe have come conumtry
maan, ^ ut emámus b frumentum.” “ Nom est, ita,” inquit
to bnty -
Josephus, “ sed venistis huc animo ° hostili ; vultis " ex-
gont wish
plorare nostras urbes et loca° Ægypti parum munita.”
mot avell fortified
54 LATIN GRADUAL.
At illi: “ Minime,” inquiunt ; nihil malif meditamur:
duodecim fratres sumus; minimus retentus est domi 8 a.
patre, alius vero non superest'.”
NoTEs.—a 3 146, a. b 3299. c 3 259. d% 109, vi. e% 149. f3 227, a.
£? 249, NOTE. How mamy declensions are there? How are they
distinguished? Original case-endings for all? ? 122. In which are
there no proper names? In which, no adjectives? h Survives.
IL E S S O N IL X V I.
Consonant verbs, reg-. Learm Gr., 87. Review 63, 64.
Verbs whose stems end in a consonant, Or the semi-consonant;
u, are of the Third Conjugation. The emdings are attached, in
the present and imperfect, by connecting vowels, é, í, or ü ;
thus, rég-, second singular ending s, régis. % 88, REM. 1.
Translate: 1. Ejus magnitúdo portendebatur. 2. Eeee man-
ipulus meus surgebat. 3. Num subjiciémur ditioni a tuae P 4.
Quum frätres Josephi pascerent greges. 5. Occidámus b illum et
projiciamus in puteum. 6. IDicémus patri. 7. Nolíte c inter-
ficere d puerum, demittite eum potius im hame foveam.
NoTEs.—^% 242; b 3 309, b; c 3 312, REM.; d 3 315, c. Point out
and analyze all the consonant verbs. Before ba, the connecting
vowel è becomes ë. The future tense sign is ô, as in I verbs,
but a in the first person singular.
L E S S O N I, X V II.
Consonant verbs. Review Gr., 87, 88.
Analyze: régitis, pascëre, surgent, portendät, demittébas,
extrahämus, reducimini, reducîtor, demitte, regäm, pascëbämus,
FORMS OF WORDS. 55
surgërëris, surgendö, extrahans, regunt, dicito, dic, a dicendum,
regentur, reducantur, portenduntor, rëgëris, regêre, b dicìt.
Write the incomplete tenses of the consonant stem mitt-, send.
Translate: 1. Mercatöres petébant Ægyptum. 2. Ego des-
cemdam maerens cum filio in sepulerum. 3. Vaccae pascebantur
in prato. 4. Septem spicae plënae enascëbantur in umo culmo,
aliaeque totidem exiles succrescëbant, et spicas plenas consumé-
Bant. 5. Habebat in animo illum extrahëre è fovea, atque ad
pätrem reducëre.
NOTES.—^% 95, a. b Find this form in three places. Analyze
the verbs. How may the different conjugations be distinguished?
What is the infinitive present ending? If removed, what is left?
In consonant verbs, what besides the ending must be removed
from the infinitive to leave the stem ?
IL E S S O N IL X V III.
Consonant verbs. Learn Gr., 88, and Remarks 1,
2, 3— Complete Tenses. Write in full the complete
tenses of dic-, dix-, dict-, 8ay.
Translate: 1. Tunc fratres Josephi tinxérunt a togam ëjus in
sanguine haedi quem occiderant, P et misêrunt ° eam ad patrem.
2. Deinde scîdit b vestem induit d cilicium. 3. Putiphar émit e
Josephum ä mercatoribus. 4. Quare dixit * Josepho: “ Nëmo
certe fungétur melius illo munëre.** 5. Tum detraxit f è manu
sua annulum. 6. Josephus frumenta vendidit. h
NoTEs. — a 3 99, IV, 3 101, b. b 3 99, I, 1. c 399, IV, 3 101, a.
d 399, IV, REM. 1. e 3 99, II. f % 99, IV, % 101, a. li % 99, I, 3.
Explain the perfect stems of consonant verbs. For euphonic
changes in supine stems, see % 100, b, and % 101, b, c.
56 LATIN GRADUAL.
L E S S O N L X IX.
Learn Gr., 89, 90—Synopsis of régo, by Tenses, Modes,
and Stems.
ELACKBOARD EXERCISE.—Write synopses of dico, in present ,
active; in imperfect passive; in future, both voices; in perfect
active; in pluperfect, both voices: of mitto, in indicative active;
in subjunctive passive; in imperative, both voices; in infinitive:
all the participles.
Write emo in forms made om the present stem; om the
perfect stem. Write synopses of régo in different, persons.
Ilyd- Josephum angébat, quod Benjaminus cum
ceteris non aderat. Quare dixit eis: “Experiar an
to them I will prove whether
verum dixéritis °: maneat ° unus ex vöbis obses apud
me, dum adducatur* huc frater vester minimus; ceteri,
abite ° cum frumento.”
go back
NoTEs.—a 3 283, REM. ; b 3 294; e% 309, d; d3 304, e, 3; e? 109, II.
Synopsis of angébat, dixit, experiar, maneat, adducatur.
L E S S O N IL X X.
lU verbs, acu-. Learn Gr., 91—Synopsis of acuo.
Review 87, 88—Inflection of Consonant verbs. Inflect
induo, in the incomplete tenses.
Analyze, telling the conjugation, tense, mode, voice, person,
and number: fluxerant, induisti, struxisse, dicëtis, maneämus,
angérent, leniverim, audit, devorabätis, manébis, audiës, amés,
regés, monés, regam, moneam, audiam, armëm.
IFORMS OF WORDS. 57
Tunc coeperunt* inter se dicere merito haec patimur b;
begim to one amother justly this suffer
erudéles fuimus in fratrem nostrum ; nunc poenam hujus
of this
sceleris luimus. Putabant haec verba non intelligi • a
100?]
Josepho; qui per interpretem cum eis loquebatur °. Ipse
spoke
autem avertit se parumper et flevit “.
NoTEs.—a 3 111, b; b% 92, 93; e? 107, d; d 3 105, b. Intelligi,
to be wmderstood, render the clause, that these words were mot wmder-
8t00d.
L E ss ON LXXI.
Semi-consonant I verbs. Learn Gr., 92. Some verbs
in io have variable stems; as, cap- Or capi-, take ; fác-,
fáci-, make ; pät-, páti-, 8uffer, The present stem retains
i before a, é, or o.
Write the synopsis of the deponent pätior, pati-, passus sum ;
also of the active voice of fäcio— stems fäc- (faci-), féc-, fact-.
Translate: 1. Num subjiciémur ditioni tuae ? 2. Occidämus
illum et projiciämus im puteum. 3. Nolite interficere puerum.
4. Sed Jacobus noluit accipere comsolationem. 5. Merito haec
patiébantur.
NoTEs.—Parse the verbs. (See Lesson LXIII.) What forms
of capio and audio are alike ? How may I verbs be distinguished
from mixed verbs? In which tenses do the different conjuga-
tions differ in their endings? How many methods of forming
the perfect stem (? 99) have been given ? Of forming the supine
stem? (3 100). (Oeeidämus is compounded of ob— cid, for cæd,
3 102, b; cædo— cædére, cécidi, cæsum : hence the perfect stem
is occid-.
58 ILATIN GRADUAL.
L E S S O N IL X X II.
Deponent Verbs. Learn Gr., 46, 93 — Synopsis of
comor, véréor, mentior, labor.
Translate: 1. Vestri autem manipuli circumstantes venera-
bantur meum. 2. Vidébatur sibi adstare Nilo flumini. 3. Vaecae
pascebantur im prato. 4. Septem spicae plenae enascébantur in
uno culmo. 5. Nemo certe fungétur melius illo munere. 6. Se-
cuta est inopia septem annorum. 7. Itaque profecti sunt fratres
Josephi, eum promi venerati sunt. 8. Nihil mali meditämur.
9. Nemo poterat somnium interprétâri. 10. Experiar am verum
dixeritis. 11. Josephus per interpretem cum eis loquebatur.
NoTEs.—What stem do deponents lack? Do they have any
forms of the active voice ? % 93. How is the perfect participle
of a deponent rendered into English ? Give the principal parts
of all the deponent verbs already used.
IL E S S O N IL X X III.
Promoums. Learn Gr., 29, 171, 172, a, b—Personal and
Reflective.
ELACKBOARD ExERCISE.—Write the English pronouns of the
first person, of the second person, of the third person. Write
the Latin forms for the following: of thee, of you, to me, me, I,
us, we, you, to us, of us, of me, of himself, to themselves,
herself, himself, themselves, myself, yourself, in us, with you,
with thee, them, thee, of you, by himself, to you.
Josephus jussit* frátrum saccos ° impléri ° tritico, et
pecuniam quam attulerant " repöni ° in öre saccörum ;
aulich.
addidit insüper cibaria, in viam. Deinde dimisit eos,
them
praeter Simeonem, quem retinuit obsidem.
eaccept whom,
IFORMS OF WORDS. 59
NoTEs.—a % 99, IV. b 3 225. c 3 315. d 3 109, IV. What kind
of a pronoum is them ? Is there any personal pronoun in Latin
of the third person? What pronouns supply the lack? % 172,
a, Rem. 3. What instance in this lesson ?
IL E S S O N IL X X I V.
Adjective Pronouns. Learn Gr., 173, a. — Possessives.
Distinguish adjective from substantive pronouns, 171.
Translate: 1. Ecce manipulus mëus surgébat. 2. Vestri man-
ipuli circumstantes venerabantur rmeum a. 3. Vidi in somnis
stellas adorantes me P. 4. Num tu e eris rex noster. 5. Num
subjiciémur ditiöni d tuae. 6. Est enim fräter noster. 7. Ubi '
Josêphus pervênit, ad fratres suos °. 8. Toga, filii mei est.
9. Ego e descendam maerens cum filio meo in sepulcrum. 10. En
tibi trädo cüram regni mei. 11. Vultis exploräre nostras urbes.
NoTEs.— a 3 269, REM. b 3 212, NoTE. c 3 279. d % 242. e% 280.
Analyze the pronouns above, thus: nösträs, stem nöstra-, derived
from nos (3 173, a), an adjective pronoun, possessive, declined
like sacer (% 155, 3), feminine, plural, accusative, to agree with
urbes, Rule 5l. What is the vocative of meus ? How are pos-
sessives used in the plural? ? 173, a, REM. 2. Name the strength-
ened forms of personals; of reflectives; of possessives.
L E S S O N IL X X V.
Pronouns. Learn Gr., 173, b, 1—Demonstratives. The
direct demonstratives are three: hie points directly to
an object near the speaker; iste, to an object near the
persom addressed; ille, to an object remote from the
speaker. Decline these three in full.
60 LATIN GRADUAL.
Translate: 1. Hic liber. 2. Iste liber. 3. Illa penna. 4. Haec
terra. 5. Hoc consilium. 6. Illud munus. 7. Illa consilia. 8. Illo
munëre. 9. Illius regni. 10. EIüjus. 11. Istius libri. 12. Isti
libro. 13. Isti libri. 14. EIis puéris. 15. Hos manipulos. 16.
IIic frater meus. 17. Iste frater tuus. 18. EIorum patrum. 19.
Illis fratribus. 20. Illis filiäbus. 21. Ista, consilia. 22. EIuio
somnio.
NOTES.—Analyze the pronouns, and tell the agreement of each,
thus: huic is a demonstrative pronoun ; direct, as it points out
am object definitely as near the speaker; it is declined — hic,
Haec, hoc ; hunc, hanc, hoc ; hujus ; huic ; in the dative singular
neuter, to agree with somnio, Rule 51.
Nearness may exist merely in the thought of the speaker
or writer.
L E S S O N IL X X V I.
Promouns. Learn Gr., 178, b, 2, 8—Demonstratives.
Decline is, ipse, and idem.
Write in Latin: he, him, of him, they, of them, them, with .
him, herself, itself, of themselves, the very boy, the same boy,
the same girls, in the same field, in the very books, of the
brothers themselves, the same designs, the same sheaves, those
sheaves (of yours), those sheaves (yonder).
Translate: 1. Hunc pater amabat prae ceteris. 2. IDederat
illi togam textam ê filis varii colöris. 3. Haee erant Josephi
somnia. 4. Quorsum spectant ista somnia. 5. Ipse remenserat;
domi. 6. Jacobus misit eum ad fratres. 7. Occidamus illum.
NoTEs.—Find from the connection in which each of the above
sentences occurs in the Review Lessons, why the demonstra-
tive in each is used rather than some other demonstrative.
Which demonstratives can be used for the personal pronoum of
the third person?
FORMS OF WORDS. 61
IL E S S O N IL X X V II.
Pronouns. Learn Gr., 173, c—Relatives. Decline qui.
Write the full declension of quicunque.
Translate: 1. Jacobus habuit duodecim filios inter quos Jose-
phus erat. 2. Quam * ab causam Josephus erat, invisus. 3. Nar-
rävit eis duplex somnium, quo b futura ejus magnitudo portende-
batur. 4. Cui ° fratres responderunt. 5. IDetraxêrunt, ei togam
qua' indutus erat. 6. Quam e quum agnovisset pater, exclamavit.
7. Qui ° responderunt. 8. Quamobrem J osephus begnigne habitus
est.
NoTES.—a? 286, a. b 3 258. c 3 240. d 3 258. e ? 286, h. The rela-
tive is a substantive when it refers to an object named in amother
clause; it is an adjective when it is followed by a, substantive
in its own clause, with which it agrees by Rule 5l.
Which relatives above are substantives? which adjectives?
Earse each relative above, thus: quos is a relative, substantive,
of the third person, plural, masculine, to agree with filios, its
antecedent (Rule 53); declined qui, quae, quod, etc. (? 173, c),
and is in the accusative case, after inter, Rule 15.
IL E S S O N IL X X V III.
Pronouns. Learn Gr., 173, d—Interrogatives. Write
separately the full declension of qui, of quis, of quinam,
of uter.
Write in Latin: 1. Who Said this? 2. What, did the father
say? 3. To whom did he say this? 4. Whom a were the
brothers envying? 5. Whom did you call? 6. In what sort of
a coat b was he clad? 7. Whose e son Was Joseph? 8. Which
of the two said this? 9. By whom d was Joseph kindly e treated?
10. Who is that person yonder?
62 LATIN GRADUAL.
NoTEs.— a 3 241. b 3 258. c 3 230. d 3 260. e 33 327, 332. What,
other interrogatives are there? % 175, a. How does quis differ
from qui in declension? Is qui ? identical in form with qui rela-
tive? How may quis ? qui ? and qui be distinguished from one
another? The questions above are direct; if made dependent,
on some verb, they would become indirect questions; as, I do
not know who Said this; the same interrogatives are used (3 294).
L E ss ON LXXIX.
Pronouns. Learn Gr., 173, e—Indefinites.
Write the full declension of the indefinites: siquis, if any ;
aliquis, any One, 80me ome ; quisquam, any ome ; quidam, a certain,
ome ; quisque, every one ; unusquisque, each and every one ; quivis,
any one y0w, plea8e.
Translate: 1. Quidam dixit. 2. Quispiam dicat, a. 3. Nequid
dicas. 4. Siqui dixissent b. 5. Quemque vidi. 6. Aliquid video.
7. Quadam die 9. 8. Quidquam dixit. 9. Non cujusvis d est regere.
10. Nostrum ° unusquisque haec videt. 11. Num quisquam est;
in Ægypto te sapientior P
NoTEs.— a 3 308, a. b 3 306, c. c 3 251, a. d 3 230, REM. 1.
°? 227, a, NOTE. Siquis, if any ; nequis, lest any; and numquis,
i8 any, are better written separately, thus: ne quis dicat, let mot
amy Ome 8ay.
What is the difference between the nom. sing. fem. of qui
relative, quis P and quis, amy? What is the nom. plur. neut.
Of each ?
I, E S S O N IL X X X.
Pronouns. Learn Gr., 173, f—Correlatives. The cor-
relatives are used chiefly as adjectives. Decline talis,
quantus, alter, alius, 155, REM. 1.
JFORMS OF WORDS. 63
Translate: 1. Talis est arbor qualem vidi nunquam. 2. Quan-
tum auri est tibia ? 3. Mihia est, tantum auri b quantum tibi.
4. Per tot annos. 5. Tot annorum °. 6. Alterum amamus,
odimus d alterum. 7. Alius aliud dicit. 8. Alius alia ex domo.
9. Quale somnium tibi narravit ? 10. Quot manipuli e sunt P
11. Quot estis ? 12. Per aliquot annos. 13. Aliquot reges.
NOTES.— a 3 243. b % 227, c. c % 227, d. d % 111, b. e 3 227, REM. 3.
Talis - - - qualem: as an adjective, each must agree with its
subject expressed or understood ; talis agrees with arbor, the
subject of est ; qualem agrees with arborem, understood, the
direct object of vidi ; but by the omission of arborem, qualem
becomes a substantive. Alius alia ex domo, amother from amother
home, implies one from one home; hence it is rendered, from
different homes.
L E S S O N IL X X X I.
Numerals. Learn Gr., 168, a, b—The Cardinals and
Ordinals from 1 to 20.
Decline umus, ambo, duo, and tres. 168 REMs. 1—3.
ELACKBOARD ExERCISE.—Write in Latin: one, three, five, seven,
nine, eleven, thirteen, fifteen, seventeen, nineteen; 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20; first, third, second, fifth, eighth, tenth, 15th, 13th,
twentieth, ninth, 4th, seventh, 17th, nineteenth, 12th.
Write the English: 1. Unus puer. 2. Unum somnium. 3. Una
vaeea. 4. Unius patris. 5. Duorum filiorum. 6. Duäbus filiâbus.
7. Duo filios. 8. Duos annos. 9. Tria somnia. 10. Tribus filiis.
11. Tres dies. 12. Quinque amni. 13. Duodécim filios. 14. Decem
annorum. 15. Sex somnia.
NOTES.— How are the cardinals declined ? Decline decimus.
Explain how the cardinals from '11 to 18 are formed, thus:
undécim = uno- -|- decëm, etc.
64 LATIN GRAIDUAL.
IL E S S O N IL X X X II.
Numerals. Learm Gr., 168, a, b—Cardinals and Ordi-
nals from 20 tO 100.
ELACKBOARD ExERCISE.—Write in Latin: 21, 22, 23, 24, 25,
26, 27, 28 (two ways), 29, 30, 50, 70, 40, 60, 80, 90, 100; 30th,
50th, 80th, 90th, 100th ; forty-four, thirty-five, fifty-six, sixty-two,
seventy-three, eighty-seven, ninety-nine; twenty-second, thirty-
seventh, forty-fifth, sixty-fourth, seventy-eighth, eighty-ninth.
NOTES.—Viginti is derived from duo, decem, and -ti; compare
the English twenty for two-tem-ty ; so triginta, from tri-decem-ta,
three-ten-ty, thirty; quadraginta, from quattuor-decem-ta, four-ten-ty,
forty, etc.
In the compound numerals between 20 and 30, 30 and 40, etc.
et is required when the smaller number precedes the larger; as,
septem et triginta.
IL E S S O N IL X X X III.
Numerals. Learm Gr., 168, a, b—Cardinals and Ordi-
nals from 100 to 1,000, and the uses of mille, REM. 5.
Write in Latin: 1. One thousand years. 2. 1,000 soldiers
(two ways). 3. Five thousand soldiers. 4. Six thousand four
hundred years (two ways). 5. The three-hundreth year. 6. The
five hundred and sixty-seventh year. 7. Of seven hundred years.
8. During two hundred and forty days. 9. 3,468 men. 10. 999th.
NOTES.—The syllable in, in septingenti, is for em of septem ;
but in quadringenti and octingenti, it serves to distinguish more
clearly the hundreds from the tens— quadraginta, octoginta.
The composition of the words trecenti, etc., is readily seen.
IEORMS OF WORDS. 65
L Esso N LXXXIV.
Numerals. Learm Gr., 168, c—Distributives.
Decline together, duo reges, binae stellae, deni fratres.
Translate: 1. Bini milites. 2. Quinque reges. 3. Centesimo
anno. 4. Centëni homines. 5. Secundus rex. 6. Manipuli singuli.
7. Trini libri. 8. Fratres singuli manipulos ligabant. 9. Fratres
binos manipulos ligant. 10. Fratres singuli singulos manipulos
ligavérunt.
NoTEs.—The distributives end in ëmi, ini, Or öni, and are de-
clined like the plural of adjectives (3 155). They are formed from
the stems of the cardinals.
Which of the numerals answer the questions, how mamy? which,
âm Order ? how mamy at a, time? how are the ordinals declined?
Which cardinals are indeclinable?
L E S S O N IL X X X V.
Adjectives. Learn Gr., 161, 162, 163—Comparison.
Review 157.
VOCABULARY. .
altus, a, um, high. facilis, ë, easy.
acer, aeris, ë, Sharp. humilis, ë, low.
pulcher, chra, um, beautiful. malevölus, a, um, 8piteful.
miser, era, erum, wretched. idoneus, a, um, fit.
felix (G., felicis), happy. albus, a, um, white.
niger, gra, grum, dark. candidus, a, um, bright.
Compare each of the above in all genders, thus: miger, nigerior,
'nigerrimus, nigra, migérior, nigerrima, nigrum, nigérius, nigerri-
YYìùÌY). -
Decline in full the comparative of felix.
Grad.—6.
66 LATIN GRADUAL.
Translate: 1. Mons altissimus erat. 2. Videt, montem altissi-
mum. 3. Filiae filiis a pulcheriores sunt. 4. Fratres Josephi
miserrimi erant. 5. Facilius iter est.
NoTEs.—a % 261, c. How are all comparatives declined ? super-
latives? Which degree is used when two objects Only are com-
pared ? Albus, ab80lute white, can not be compared ; so äter, black;
while niger and candidus admit degrees.
IL E S S O N IL X X X V I.
Adjectives. Learn Gr., 164—Irregular Comparison.
VOCABULARY.
luna, ae, m00m. sól, sölis, M., Sum.
terra, ae, lamd. märe, maris, 860.
sapientia, ae, wisdom. orätor, is, Orator.
victoria, ae, victory. lex, légis, F., law.
insula, ae, islamd. consuetudo, inis, habit.
Sicilia, ae, Sicily. divitiae, arum, riches.
Translate: 1. Optimae erant leges. 2. Pessimae sunt consue-
tudines pueri. 3. Plurima, et maxima animalia sunt im mari.
4. Sapientia est melior quam divitiae. 5. Victoria erat maxima.
6. Est terra ditissima. 7. Iuna minor est, quam sol. 8. Sol
major est, quam terra. 9. Cato optimus erat orator. 10. Fera,
pessima, devoravit Josephum.
NoTEs.—Compare and decline all the adjectives above. Explain
the meaning and use of inferi, superi, etc., % 164, REM. 1.
L E S S O N IL X X X V II.
Adjectives. Learn Gr., 165, 166—Defective in Com-
parison. - - -
FORMS OF WORDS. 67
Write in Latin: 1. Most famous victory. 2. Richer land.
3. More lasting victories. 4. Youngest son. 5. Eldest brother.
6. Younger boy. 7. Cicero was more learned than wise. 8. The
greatest possible victory.
NoTEs.—How may two qualities in the same object be com-
pared? 3 166. What equivalent of the second comparative may
be used? % 261, REM. 1. What is the force of etiam, prefixed
to a comparative? of longe, prefixed to a superlative ? of quam,
prefixed to a superlative? What adjectives do not admit com-
parison? What case follows a comparative when quam, tham,
is not writtem ? when quam is expressed?
IL E S S O N IL X X X V III.
Adverbs. Learn Gr., 174—Comparisom.
Compare the following adverbs:
carë, dearly; Adj. carus, dear.
miserê, wretchedly ; ** miser, wretched.
crébrö, frequently ; creber, close. ,
tütö, safely ; tütus, guarded.
largè, largiter, bounteOusly ; largus, abundant.
graviter, heavily , gravis, heavy.
féliciter, fortunately ; felix, fortumate.
sapienter, wisely ; sapiens, vi8e.
parvë, toO litile; parvus, little.
Write adverbs corresponding in degree and meaning to the
following adjectives: mêlior, pessimus, acerrimus, primus, potior,
prior, major, maximus, nuperrimus, novus, multus, bonus, malus,
infernus, audax, proximus.
NoTEs.—In comparing an adverb, first find and compare the
adjective from which it is derived, then follow the rule in ? 174.
Are adverbs ending in itus and tim compared? ? 199, e, f.
68 LATIN GRADUAL.
L E S S O N IL X X X I X.
Adverbs. Learn . Gr., 175 — Classification. Correla-
tives: Pronouns and Adverbs, 176.
Classify the following adverbs, thus: illime, ihence, demonstra-
tive (3 176) adverb of place— motion from that place— derived
from ille. Né, mot ; mimime, mot at all ; nunquam, never; num,
whether? nonne, mot ? whether mot; multo, by much ; deinde, neaet
after ; eertè, at any rate ; cras, to-morrow ; heri, ye8terday ; ter,
thrice ; illäe, that way ; alibi, elsewhere ; quä, by what way, wherein ;
fortiter, bravely ; coelîtus, from heavem ; illüe, thither; retrorsum,
backward; prorsum, forward ; profecto, for a fact, doubtle88; qui,
hOw? modo, only.
NoTEs.—Find in Lessons VIII, XV, XXXVIII, LVIII, the
adverbs praesertim, porro, simul, posteà, num ? quomodo, potius,
deinde, tunc, prosperë, benigné, post, rursum, tum, mox, melius,
and classify each by its meaning, Which of them admit com-
parison?
IL E S S O N X C.
Prepositions. Learn Gr., 31 — Definitiom ; also 179,
Remarks 1—3. See Lists, 177—179.
Translate: 1. Inter qüos. 2. Prae caeteris. 3. E filis.
4. Quam ab causam. 5. In agro. 6. In somnis, 7. Ad fratres.
8. Im puteum. 9. A. tanto scelere. 10. In hanc foveam. 11. In
animo. 12. Ex eorum manibus. 13. E foveâ. 14. Ad patrem.
15. Ad fratres. 16. Ad sumendum cibum. 17. Cum carmëlis.
18. Im mentem. 19. Cum his verbis. 20. Cum filio meo. 21. A.
mercatoribus. 22. Ab hero. 23. I)e fluminë. 24. Ex eodem
flumine. 25. Im subsidium. 26. E manu sua.
Rind these phrases in Review Lessons VIII, XV, XXXVIII,
ILVIII, and point out the relation expressed by each preposition,
and the case it governs.
IEORMS OF WORDS. 69
NOTES.—In explaining prepositions, tell the word to which the
accusative or ablative governed by the preposition is connected.
Exierunt ex eodem flumine : ex marks the relation from where,
between flumine and exierunt.
IL E S S O N X C I.
Conjunctions. Learn Gr., 180—classification.
Classify the following by their meanings: quia, because ; ét,
autem, igitur, at, quum, ut, enim, atque, ubi, quum, -que, ut,
sed, -que, autem, quamobrem, et, ubi, at, atque, vërö, quare,
QülllOd.
Eind each of the above in Lessons VIII, XV, XXXVIII,
LVIII, and tell what words or clauses each eonnects.
Classify, also, the following: unde, whence ; itaque, accordingly ;
tamem, but meverthele88; quoniam, since ; sim, but îf; quod si, but if;
sive—sive, whether—or ; non solum — sed etiam, mot only—but
also ; quominus, in Order that not.
INOTES.—The subordinate conjunctions take their names from
the character of the clause they introduce. The classes of con-
junctions may be memorized thus: Copulative, Amd ; Alternative,
Or; Adversative, But; Causal (co-Ordinate), For, (Subordinate),
8ince; Conditional, If; Inferential, Therefore ; Concessive, Although;
Final, That : Comparative, As ; Temporal, Time whem.
IL E S S O N X C II.
Irregular Verbs. Learn Gr., 109, I, a, b — prosum,
possum. Inflect in full, also, the regular forms of the
perfect stem. Review the verb esse, 71.
70 LATIN GRADUAL.
Write in Latin: 1. They are useful. 2. They are able.
3. He can. 4. He could. 5. He may be able. 6. They might
be able. 7. We were able. 8. We might have been able.
9. To be a benefit. 10. It is profitable. 11. He will do good.
12. Able. 13. To be able. 14. They will benefit. 15. You will
have been able. -
NOTES.—Explain the contractions and euphonic changes in
potes, prodestis, possumus, possemus, posse, potueram.
Eossum is chiefly used with an infinitive, thus:
vidére possum, I can 8ee.
vidére potuisti, you could have Seem.
vidêre possit, he may be able to 8ee.
etc. etc.
Give the synopsis of possum in the third person singular,
with infinitive audire ; with the meanings.
IL E S S O N X C III.
Irregular Verb. Learn Gr., 109, II—IEo. Inflect the
verb in full; also queo.
Write the Latin for: 1. Thou art going. 2. He may go.
3. Of going. 4. To have gone. 5. About to go. 6. Go (ye).
7. They shall go. 8. I shall go. 9. They will go. 10. You
might go. 11. We were going. 12. To be about to go. 13. Go
(thou). 14. Let us go. 15. They go. 16. Do not go. 17. If he
go. 18. He has gone. 19. I might have gone.
NoTEs.—When is the root i changed to e P What imperfect
and future signs appear ? In Other respects, which conjugation
does eo follow ?
The compounds of eo are numerous, and have the same
inflection. Thus, abire, t0 go away from ; exire, to go out of;
inire, to enter into, etc. Many of these become transitive by
force of the first element.
IFORMIS OF WORDS. 71
L E S S O N X C IV.
Irregular Verb. Learn Gr., 109, IV — fero. Stems
fer-, tul-, lat-.
Analyze the following compounds: effers, anteferre, obtülérunt,
allatus est, afferimur, intúlit, referret, auférimus, collaturum esse,
elatus sum, perlati simus, protülérant, praeferri, sustulerim, dif-
fertis.
Write in Latin: 1. To carry away. 2. To have carried away.
3. We bring out. 4. He has brought forward. 5. Thou hast
brought near. 6. They had been brought. 7. We might have
brought.
NoTEs.—Review Euphonie Changes, % 101. Prepare a table of
principal parts of the compounds of fero, thus: ab -+- fero = aufero;
auferre, abstüli, ablätum. % 109, IV, REM.
L E S S O N X C V.
Irregular Verb. Learn Gr., 109, V — fio.
REVIEW. [LIX, LXII, LXIV]—Josephus perlustravit
omnes Ægypti regiones et per septem annos ubertatis
congessit maximam frumenti copiam. Secuta est inopia
septem annorum et in orbe universo fames ingravesce-
bat. Tunc aperuit horrea et frumenta vendidit.
Ex aliis quoque regionibus conveniebatur in Ægyptum
ad emendam annonam. Eadem necessitate compulsus
Jacobus misit illuc filios suos. Sed retinuit domi natu-
minimum qui vocabatur Benjaminus. Decem fratres ubi
72 LATIN GRADUAL.
in conspectum Josephi venerunt, eum proni venerati
sunt. Agnovit eos Josephus, nec ipse est cognitus ab
eis. Noluit indicare statim qui esset; sed eos interro-
* gavit tanquam alienos: “ Unde venistis et quo con-
silio ???
NoTEs.—Analyze the verbs. Note the particles.
IL E S S O N X C V I.
Irregular Verbs. Learn Gr., 109, VI— volo, nolo,
malo. Inflect, the verbs in full.
REVIEW. [LXV, LXIX]—Qui responderunt: “Profecti
sumus e regione Chanaan, ut emamus frumentum.”
“ Non est ita,” inquit Josephus, “sed venistis huc
animo hostili; vultis explorare nostras urbes et loca,
AEgypti parum munita.” At illi: “ Minime,” inquiunt;
“ nihil mali meditamur: duodecim fratres sumus; mim-
imus retentus est domi a patre, alius vero non superest.”
Illud Josephum angebat, quod Benjaminus, cum ceteris
non aderat. Quare dixit eis: “ Experiar an verum dix-
eritis; maneat unus ex vobis obses apud me, dum addu-
catur huc frater vester minimus; ceteri, abite cum
frumento.”
NoTEs.—Give the synopsis of volo by tenses; by stems. The
imperatives of nolo are used with infinitives, thus: noli abire,
do mot go away. (See Lesson LXXI.)
IL E S S O N X C V II.
Preterites. Learn Gr., 111, a, b, and Remarks 1, 2.
IFORMIS OF WORDS. • 73
REVIEW. [LXX, LXXIII] — Tune coeperunt inter
se dicere: “ Merito haec patimur; crudeles fuimus
in fratrem nostrum ; nunc poemam hujus sceleris
luimus.” Putabant haec verba mom intelligi a Jose-
pho; qui per interpretem cum eis loquebatur. Ipse
autem avertit se parumper, et flevit. Josephus jussit
fratrum saccos impleri tritico et pecuniam quam attul-
erant reponi in ore saccorum; addidit insuper cibaria
in viam. Deinde dimisit eos, praeter Simeonem, quem
retinuit obsidem. - -&
INOTES.—What is a preteritive verb ? A deponent ? % 93. A
semi-deponent? ? 110, a. Neutral-passive ? ? 110, b. Defective?
Impersonal ?
IL E s S O N XC V III.
Impersonals. Learn Gr., 112, 113—Verbs used imper-
sonally, 114.
Eorm a complete table of the inflection of poenitet, with
meaning of each form.
Translate: 1. Licet mihi ire. 2. Tiicuit tibi ire. 3. Me mis-
eret, pauperum. 4. Te oportebat ire. 5. Nobis libuit dicere.
6. Liceat mihi dicere. 7. Non te mihi decebat irasci. 8. Con-
venebatur. 9. Currebatur ab militibus. 10. Vivendum est tibi.
NoTEs.—What inflection has an impersonal? What is used
as the subject of an impersonal? How is the passive voice of
an intransitive verb used? What is the Latim idiom for I must
live? you must rum ? Parse the pronouns in the Tatin sentences
above. Point out the subjects of the impersonals.
Grád.—7.
74 LATIN GRADUAL.
IL E S S O N X C I X.
GENERAL REVIEW.
The text of this and of the succeeding Lesson cam be read
in short, sections, while the pupil is required to review the
Grammar lessons of Part First. •
It is especially important that all the inflected forms thus
far introduced should be carefully reviewed, before the student
passes to the study of Syntax, in Part Second.
Nunciatum a est Josepho eosdem viros ° advenisse*,
et, cum eis parvulum fratrem. Jussit eos introduci *
domum ", et lautum parari ° convivium. Illi porro met-
uebant, ne arguerentur ° de pecunia, quam in saccis
repererant ': quare purgaverunt se apud dispensatorem
Josephi. Quibus dispensator ait *: “ Bono animo' es-
tote i.” Deinde adduxit ad illos Simeonem, qui re-
tentus fuerat.
Josephus eos clementer j salutavit, interrogavit, que
“Salvusnek est, senex ille quem vos patrem' habetis?
Vivitne adhuc?” Qui m responderunt: “Salvus est
pater noster, adhuc vivit.” -
Josephus autem °, conjectis ° in Benjaminum oculis,
dixit: “Iste P est, fráter vester minimus q? ”. et rursus:
“Deus sit tibi propitius, fili mi;” et abiit * festinans,
quia lacrimae erumpebant. Regressus*, lota facie, con-
timuit se, et jussit apponi cibos. Tum distribuit escam
unicuique * fratrum suorum ; sed pars Benjamini eraj
quincuplo ° major quam ceterorum. ' •
NoTEs.—a 3 315, f, 2. b % 225. c 3 315, f, 3. d 3 221. e 3 295, 2.
f% 107, c. g 3 111, c. h 3 263. i3 314. j 3 199, c. k 3 328, a. 1 3 265.
m 3 286, h. n 3 180, REM. 2. o 3 264, c, 5. p 3 282. q 3 165, c.
r 3 95, d. s 3 318, b, Exc. 1. t % 173, e, 6. u Proportional, 3 167;
ablative, % 262. •
FORMS OF WORDS. 75
IL E S S O N C .
Fratres Josephi sese * in viam dederant, necdum pro-
cul ab urbe aberant. Tunc ille vocavit dispensatorem
domus suae, eique dixit: “ Persequere ° viros, et quum
eos assecutus fueris, illis dicito: Quare injuriam pro
beneficio rependistis? Subripuistis scyphum argen-
teum °, quo " dominus meus utitur ; improbe fecistis.”
Dispensator mandata perfecit. Cui fratres responde-
runt : “ Istud sceleris longe a nobis alienum est; mos,
ut tute * scis, retulimus bona fide pecuniam repertam
in saccis; tantum abest ut furati simus° scyphum
domini tui; apud quem furtum deprehensum fuerit ',
is morte mulctetur £.
Continuo deponunt saccos et aperiunt, quos ille scru-
tatus, invenit scyphum in sacco Benjamini.
Tumc fratres maerore oppressi revertuntur in urbem.
Adducti ad Josephum, sese abjecerunt ad pedes illi.
Quibus ille: “ Quomodo,” inquit, “potuistis hoc scelus
admittere?”
Judas respondit: “ Fateor; res est manifesta; nullam
possumus excusationem afferre; nec audemus petere ve-
niam aut sperare; nos ömnes erimus servi tui.”
“Nequaquam,” ait Josephus; “ sed ille, apud quem
inventus est scyphus, erit mihi servus; autem abite
liberi ad patrem vestrum.”
Tunc Judas accedens propius* ad Josephum: “Te
oro,” inquit, “domine mi, ut bona cum venia me au-
dias i; pater. umice diligit puerum: si redierimus ad
patrem sine puero, ille maerore confectus morietur.
Te oro atque obsecro, ut sinas puerum abire, meque
pro eo addicas ' in servitutem.”
Interea Josephus continere se vix poterat. Tum flens
dixit, magna voce ' : “ Ego sum Josephus*; vivitne adhuc
76 LATIN GRADUAL.
pater meus?” Non poterant respondere fratres ëjus
nimio timore' perturbati.
Quibus ille amice °: “ Accedite,” inquit, “ ad me; ego
sum Josephus frater vester, quem vendidistis mercatori-
bus euntibus” in Ægyptum; nolite timere; Dei ° provi-
dentia id factum est, ut ego saluti vestrae consulerem P.”
Josephus haec locutus, fratrem suum Benjaminum.
complexus est; deinde ceteros quoque fratres collacri-
mans osculatus est.
Tum demum illi cum eo fidenter locuti sunt. Quibus
Josephus: “Ite,” inquit, “ properate ad patrem meum,
eique nunciate filium suum vivere, et apud Pharaónem.
plurimum posse: persuadete illi, ut in Ægyptum cum
omni familia commigret.”
NoTEs.— a 3 172, a, REM. 2; b, REM. 2. b 3 312. c 3 189. d 3 258, a.
e 3296. f3310, Rule 69. g3309, d. h 3174, b, 164, b. i 3295, 1. j 3259,
Eule 44. k % 206. 13 258. m % 199, b. n % 323, f. o % 232, Rule 21.
p % 296.
CONSTRUCTION. 77
PART II.—CONSTRUCTION.
NOTE.—The following Reading Lessons and Exercises
are designed to illustrate the maim rules of Syntax.
The Notes subjoined contain some explanations of diffi-
cult points, and many referemees to the Grammar for
such primciples of construction as are not included in
the preliminary Grammar lessoms, and for irregularities
of form and use of words. The teacher is recommended
to adopt the following plam:
1. Read with the class the portion of the Grammar
assigned for a lessom, the day before it is to be recited;
call attention to the Latin examples, directing the
learmer to discover through them the principle of con-
struction indicated in the head-line, and the word to
which the rule applies, aided by the difference of type
in the translatiom; them assign the rules amd remarks
which are to be committed to memory. The prelimi-
mary Grammar lessons can thus be divided into as
many recitations as discretiom dictates.
2. Require the pupil to pronounce the Latin before
translating; them to translate, first in the Latin order,
afterward in the English order and idiom.
3. Require the pupil to parse in full each and every
word im the text to which the rules of Syntax in the
preliminary lessons apply ; also to look up and learn
all explanations and Grammar references in the notes.
78 . LATIN GRADUAL.
4. Fron two to five recitations may be required to
complete each section of the Latim text. In this, as in
other general directions, much must be left to the .
discretion of the teacher. -
The simple sentences which precede the Latin text,
in the first and secomd lessons are designed to aid the
pupil in amalyzing. Similar exercises may be used to
advantage with the succeeding lessons.
Too much should mot be attempted at once; a few
definite points should be reached and fixed each day ;
and every lessom should be reviewed as a whole before
the next is undertaken.
5. Require the English sentences to be written in
Latin, either om paper for revision, or om the black-
board for correction by the members of the class.
The figures which oecur in the Latin or English text
refer directly to the Rules of Syntax, § 831, of the
Grammar.
I, E S S O N I.
NOMINATIVE AND VOCATIVE.
I.earn Gr., 203—210, Rules 1—6.
IRusticus voluit; rusticus quidam voluit; rusticus habebat;
nullas habebat divitias; qui nullas habebat divitias; is relin-
queret ; quas relinqueret; convocavit eos; eos allocutus est ;
videtis, filii mei; ego divitias habeo; vineam relinquo; vos
quaeritote; ' senex dixisset; senex moritur; quum crederent:
solum effodiunt; quum terra perculta esset; vites fructum
tulere.
CONSTRUCTION. 79
AGRICOLA ET FILII. FABULA.
Rusticus quidam moribundus, qui nullas habebat
divitias, quas relinqueret filiis, excitare animos illorum
voluit ad studium agrorum * culturae * et ad assidui-
tatem laboris. Convocavit igitur eos et ita est allo-
cutus: “ Filii mei, videtis", me a vobis mox discessurum
esse. Omnes, quas habeo, divitias in vinea, quam vobis*
relinquo, quaeritote.” Haec quum dixisset senex, paulo
post moritur. At filii quum crederent, illum in vineà
alicubi abscondisse thesaurum, totum vineae solum ef-
fodiunt. Frustra. Thesaurum inveniunt mullum. Sed
quum terra fodiendo perculta esset, vites uberrimum
fructum tulere.
IE X E R C I S E .
Translate into Latin : 1. A certain countrymam,
dying °', called together his sons. 2. The sons were
called together. 3. The sons wished to have *° riches.
4. The old mam said: “ The vineyard is a treasure *.”
5. The sons said: “ Father, we see no riches in the
vineyard.” 6. He had hidden the treasure. 7. “Lo!
the treasure *,” said the old mam. 8. The soms dig up
all the soil. 9. They found riches in the vineyard.
10. This, my som, is a fable.
NoTEs.—For arrangement of words see Gr. 332—334.
1. Quidam, a certain ; the Writer has a particular person in
mind, but does not wish to give his name. '
2. Moribundus (188).
3. IDivitias, its peculiarity ? (153).
4. Quas relinqueret = ut eas relinqueret, result (301, 5, R. 62).
5. Filiis, to his sons, what Word would meam to his daughters?
(124, REM. 1).
6. Excitare, object Of what ? (315, c). English derivative?
7. What does et connect? (180, a, 1, 330, a).
80 - LATIN GRADUAL.
8. Igitur (180, REM. 2).
9. Me discessurum esse, object of videtis, yow see that I am
about to depart (315, f, 1). Why is the future infinitive used?
10. Quaeritóte, Search Out, i. e., after I am dead (R. 72).
11. Quum dixisset ; does quum here denote absolute or relative
time? (304, 1, R. 65). -
12. Senex ; what is its genitive? (153). Is it an adjective or
substantive here? Compare it (165, c).
13. Paulo, by a little ; supply spatio, ablative (262, R. 47).
14. Crederent, why subjunctive ? (302, c, 1).
15. What is the subject of abscondisse ? (225). The object?
16. Totum vimeae solum ; note the Order — adjective, genitive,
substantive — all Qf vineyard 8oil.
17. Fodiendo, gerund (324, e); ablative (258).
18. Uberrimum, compare; account for the second r (163, a).
19. Tülére, in what irregular? (109, IV).
20. Give the principal parts (73) of each verb in the lesson;
tell the root and the three stems, and explain how the different
stems are made (98—107). Thus, relinqueret = re -+- linqueret ;
relinquo, relinquére, reliqui, relictum ; root liq-, quit; stems
linqu- (98, c), liqu- (99, II), liet- (100, 101, b).
The teacher will, at discretiom, require this exercise in the
succeeding leSSOns. -
IL E S S O N II.
AccUSATIvE : DIRECT LIMIT.
Learn Gr., 212, 216, 217, 218, 220, 221—225, Rules 7—16.
INote the accusatives in Lesson I.
Iter faciebant; quum iter facerent; in ursum inciderunt; in
arborem ; cadavera, non attingit; illam bestiam cadavera, non
attingere; iter pergunt; arborem conscenderat; alterum interro-
gat; quidnam insusurrasset ursus; multa insusurravit; quae
memorare nihil attinet; ne amicus erat quisquam ; ne amicum.
esse quemquam; amici fidem eram expertus; cujus fidem non
essem expertus.
CONSTRUCTION. 81
VIATORES ET URsUs. FABULA.
Amici duo quum una aliquando iter facerent, in
ursum ingentem incîderunt. Quo viso umus celeriter
in arborem evasit; alter quum bestiam illam cadavera
non attingere meminisset, in terram se prostravit spir-
itumque continuit, ut nullum vitae vestigium appa-
reret.
Ursus, omnibus corporis partibus pertentatis et ore
crebro ad illius os auresque admoto, pro mortuo eum
reliquit et abiit. Tum ambo metu liberati inceptum
iter pergunt. Inter viam is, qui arborem conscenderat,
alterum interrogat, quidnam in aurem jacenti insusur-
rasset ursus.
“ Multa,” inquit ille, “ quae memorare nihil '* attinet, .
sed imprimis praecepit, me amicum esse quemquam
mihi persuaderem, cujus fidem in periculis et adversa
fortuna non essem expertus.” •
IE X IE R. C I S E .
Translate into Latin : 1. Two travelers fall in with
a bear '°. 2. They threw themselves* down upom the
ground 1° and held their breath 7. 3. The bear does
not touch a corpse 7. 4. The two friends journeyed to
Rome 1°. 5. At last they returned home 1°. 6. O the
fidelity i* of a friend! 7. They traveled together thirty
days ''. 8. It is of no consequence to mention this.
9. Why is did he mentiom fear? 10. He returmed lac-
erated in mouth ''' and ears.
NoTEs.—1. Umä (supply via); adv., together (174, d).
2. Iter facio, I make a journey = I travel (march, of an army);
iter, accusative (212).
3. Quantity of i in incidërunt, meaning they cut ìmto?
4. Quo viso, which havimg beem, seem = when they sctv this (264, c).
5. Alter, the other (of the two); genitive and dative?
82 LATIN GRADUAL.
6. Explain the subjunctives after quum.
7. What expresses the purpose of spiritum continuit ? What
mode? Appareret (298).
8. Omnibus partibus — pertentatis, and ore — admoto, are in-
stances of what construction ?
9. Metu liberati, 8et free frOm fear (R. 41).
10. Iter pergunt ; how does pergunt get a transitive meaning?
11. Arborem conscenderat (215, a, 2).
12. Quidnam, what them? more emphatic tham quid, what ?
13. Jacenti (supply illi), to him lying, render as he was lying
(323, f; dative, 243, REM. 3).
14. Imsusurrasset, full form ? (95, d). Subjunctive (294).
15. Inquit, 8aid he ; how used? (111, c, 2).
16. Imprimis = in primis, among the fir8t, e8pecially (174, d).
17. Amicum esse quemquam, that any one i8 a friend, is the
object of persuaderem ; mihi, indirect object.
18. I per$uade him to be friendly, would require the subjunctive,
ei persuadeo ut mihi amicus sit (295, b).
19. Expertus essem (310, d, R. 69).
IL E S S O N III.
GENITIVE : CASE OF ADJECTIVE RELATIONS.
Learn Gr., 226—232, Rules 17—21.
ROMULUS ET REMUS. •
Silvius Procas, rex Albanorum, duos filios, Numitorem
et Amulium, habuit. Numitori *, qui natu *° major erat,
regnum reliquit; sed Amulius pulso fratre regnavit, et,
ut eum sobole ' privaret, Rhëam Silviam ejus filiam
Vestae sacerdotem ° fecit, quae tamen Romulum et Re-
mum uno partu edidit. Quo cognito Amulius ipsam in
vincula, conjecit, parvulos alveo impositos abjecit in Ti-
|berim, qui tunc forte super ripas erat effusus; sed, rela-
CONSTRUCTION. 83
bente flumine eos aqua in sicco reliquit. Vastae tum
in iis locis solitudines erant. ' Lupa, ut fama traditum
est, ad vagitum accurrit, infantes lingua lambit, ubera
eorum ori admovit, matremque se gessit. Quum lupa
saepius ad parvulos, veluti ad catulos, reverteretur Faus-
tulus, pastor regius, re *' animadversa, eos tulit in casam,
et Accae Laurentiae conjugi*' dedit educandos.
Qui adulti inter pastores primo ludicris certaminibus*
vires auxere, deinde venando saltus peragrare, et latrones
a rapina, pecorum * arcere coeperunt. Quare iis insidiati
sunt latrones, a quibus Remus captus est; Romulus autem
vi se defendit. Tunc Faustulus necessitate compulsus
indicavit Romulo, quis esset ejus avus, quae mater. Rom-
ulus statim, armatis pastoribus, Albam '° properavit.
E X E R C I S E .
Translate into Latin: 1. He left a part of the king-
dom ". 2. Which * of the sons '7 was the elder 2 ? 3. The
twelfth king of the Albans*" had two sons. 4. Romulus
defended the city * of Alba V. 5. The wolf ram up to e
the cry of the infants*. 6. A shepherd of the king'
carried the boys to (in) his hut °. 7. At that time f the
king had shepherds. 8. The shepherd, having noticed &
the circumstance, returned. 9. Theboys wanderedthrough
the glens in hunting". 10. Romulus learned who his
grandfather was W.
NoTEs. — a. % 173, d, REM. 1. b % 229. c % 242, REM. 1. d % 272.
e % 179. f % 218, REM. g % 264, c, 5. h % 324, e.
1. Silvius Procas. Silvius was a, surname attributed to the
twelve successive Alban kings, from Silvius, son of ÄEneas, and
successor of Ascanius. -
2. Natu major, greater in respect to birth, older (165, c, NoTE).
3. Pulso fratre, having ea pelled his brother (264, e, 5).
84 LATIN GRADUAL.
4. Ut - - - priväret, why subjunctive?
5. Vestae sacerdotem, a priesless Qf Vesta. There were six of
these priestesses; they watched in turn the sacred fire of Vesta,
and were forbidden marriage. A vestal who violated her voWs
was buried alive.
6. Quo cognito, whem he had learned this.
7. Tiberim (137, b, 1); super ripas effusus erat, had beem poured
out over its babvks ; render, had Overflowed 'ils banks. -
8. Im sicco (supply loco), om, a dry place, i. e., Om the Shore.
9. Famâ traditum est, ìt has come down by tradition.
10. Ori, dative after admövit (242, R. 30).
11. Matrem se gessit, acted the part qf mother.
12. Parvulos, little boys ; diminutive from parvus (185).
13. Pastor regius, a shepherd belonging to the king. Which case
expresses the same relation as the adjective regius P
14. Why the preposition im, before easam ?
15. Educamdos, lo be brought wp (325, b). Does the gerundive
thus used express purpose ?
16. Qui adulti; qui = and they ; adulti, from adolesco, having
grown up.
17. Coepêrunt ; in what irregular and peculiar?
18. Quis esset depends upom indicavit. What kind of a ques-
tion? (294, a).
19. Albam ; why accusative ? Describe Alba Longa.
20. Note the gender of every noun, and give Rule or Exception
for each.
IL E S S O N I V.
GENITIVE : CASE OF ADJECTIVE RELATIONS.
Learn Gr., 233—238, Rules 22—27.
ROMULUS ET REMUS (CONTINUED).
Interea Remum latrones ad Amulium regem perduxe-
runt, eum accusantes, quasi Numitoris* greges infestare
solitus esset °. Remus itaque a rege Numitori ad sup-
CONSTRUCTION. 85
plicium traditus est; at Numitor, considerato adolescentis
vultu *, haud procul erat quin nepotem agnosceret. Nam
IRemus oris* lineamentis erat matri' simillimus, aetas-
que tempori ° expositionis congruebat. Dum ea res an-
imum Numitoris anxium tenet, repente Romulus super-
venit, fratrem liberavit, Amulio interfecto, avum Numi-
torem in regnum restituit.
Deinde Romulus et Remus urbem in iisdem locis, ubi
expositi educatique fuerant ', condiderunt; sed orta inter
eos contemtione, uter & nomen novae urbi daret, eamque
imperio regeret *', auspicia, adhibuêre. Remus prior sex
vultures, Romulus postea duodecim videt. Sic Romulus
augurio victor, Romam' urbem vocavit; et ut eam prius
legibus, quam moenibus muniret, edixit, ne quis' vallum
transiliret *. Quod Remus irridens *° transilivit ; eum
iratus Romulus interfecit, his increpans verbis: “ Sic
deinde pereat, quicunque transiliet moenia mea.” Ita
Solus potitus est imperio j Romulus.
E X E R. C I S E.
Translate into Latin: 1. The dispute of the brothers?
was, which 8 should* mame 7 the city *. 2. Romulus was
the founder % of the city * of Rome k. 3. These were the
words of Romulus *'. 4. Remus, unmindfulm of the law *,
leaped " the rampart 7. 5. Numitor remembers ° the
mother* of Remus *'. 6. Remus forgot, o himself*. 7.
Numitor pities the youth *. 8. We* pity P the brothers*.
9. Numitor was now at an advancedº age *'. 10. The
embankment was six feet " (in height).
NoTEs. — a 3 230. b 3 306, c. c 3 264, c, 5. d % 245, REM. 2.
e 3 242. f 395, h. g 3 173, d, REM. 2. h % 216. i 3 300, 2. j 3 258, a.
k 3 229. m 3 234. m 3 215, a, 1. o 3 235, c. p 3 113. q % 161. r % 238,
EREM. 1.
86 LATIN GRADUAL.
1. Ad Amulium, before Amuliu8 ; ad, to a place mear.
2. Quasi — both comparative and conditional — a8 they would
have accu$ed, if he had beem wont, etc. ; which clause of the con-
ditional sentence is only implied? (305).
3. Haud procul erat quin, was mot far but that — vas mot far
from ; quin introduces a negative result, hence the subjunctive
(301, 6).
4. Simillimus (161, 163, b).
5. Animum anxium tenet, keeps the mind anaciou8 ; anxium is
here a predicate adjective. Supply esse.
6. Amulio interfecto, having slain, Amulius. In the ablative
absolute, the participle may be rendered by the English perfect
(having), when the agent of its action is the same as that of the
leading verb, as here of restituit.
7. Expositi educatique fuerant ; -que joins closely; fuerant,
instead of erant, marking more definitely what had been ter-
minated.
8. Condidêrunt ; its elements? What compounds retain the
reduplication ? (99, I, REM. 3). When was Rome founded ? (374).
9. Orta eontemtione, a dispute having risem ; orior is deponent;
hence ortus, having riSen. The expression implies the use of
words; hence uter — daret is what kind of a question ? (294, a, 1).
10. Auspicia, from avis and spëcio (v = u), divination by means
qf birds. Compare au in augurio.
11. Augurio victor, victorious through augury. Supply factus,
of which augurio is the ablative of means.
12. Romam urbem vocavit. Explain the double accusative.
13. Priusquam ; the parts separated (369, e) by an emphatic
word, legibus, as contrasted with moenibus.
14. Muniret (R. 61).
15. Ne quis denotes purpose; ut non ullus, result.
16. Pereat, subj. optative (309, d). What is its subject?
17. Quicumque, if any one, condition implied; transiliet, why
future indicative? (305, a, 1).
18. Moenia, valls Qf fortificatiom ; vallum, earthen rampart.
19. Solus potitus est, alone got pos8e8sion — got 8ole po88e88ion.
20. Imperio. What Other case might have been used? (258,
IREM.).
CONSTRUCTION. .87
IL E S S O N V.
DATIVE: CASE OF INDIRECT OBJECT.
Learn Gr., 239—249. Rules 28—87.
NUMA POMPILIUS, SECOND KING OF THE ROMANS.
(B. C. 716—673.)
Successit * Romulo *' Numa Pompilius, vir inclyta
justitia, et religione. Is Curibus oppido *) Sabinorum i!!
accitus est. Quum " Romam venisset "', ut populum
ferum religione molliret, sacra plurima, instituit.
Aram Vestae consecravit, et ignem in ara perpetuo
alendum * virginibus* dedit. Flaminem Jovis sacer-
dotem creavit, eumque insigni veste et curuli sella or-
navit. Duodecim Salios Martis sacerdotes légit ', qui
ancilia, quaedam imperii pignora *" quae e coelo delapsa,
esse putabantur, ferre per urbem canentes *' et rite sal-
tantes 7° solebant.
Annum in duodecim menses ad cursum lunae descrip-
sit; nefastos fastosque dies fecit; portas Jano * gemino
aedificavit, ut esset index pacis * et belli; nam apertus
in armis esse civitatem, clausus vero pacatos circa omnes
populos significabat.
Leges quoque plurimas et utiles tulit Numa. Ut vero
majorem institutis suis auctoritatem conciliaret, simula-
vit sibi cum dea Egeria esse ° colloquia " nocturna, ejus-
que monitu se " omnia *, quae ageret, facere *. Lucus
erat, quem medium fons perenni rigabat aqua; eo saepe
Numa sine arbitris se inferebat, velut ad congressum deae;
ita omnium animos ea* pietate imbuit, ut fides et jusju-
randum non minus quam legum et poenarum metus
cives continerent. Bellum quidem nullum gessit, sed
non minus civitati * profuit quam Romulus. Morbo*
extinctus in Janiculo monte sepultus est. Ita, duo
88 LATIN GRADUAL.
deinceps 7° reges, ille bello *, hic pace, civitatem auxe-
runt. Romulus septem et triginta regnavit annos'';
Numa tres et quadraginta.
E X E R. C I S E .
Translate into Latin: 1. Numa, favored (studeo)
peace * and religiom. 2. Romulus gave a name to the
city *. 3. He preferred (praefero) peace to war*. 4.
The Salii carried shields in front of themselves*". 5.
Romulus took part in (intersum) the war*'. 6. The
goddesssi has the name ' Egeria''. 7. Numa introduced
many sacred rites for the people *. 8. What did Remus
meam i? 9. The kings were agreeable (acceptus) to the
people*. 10. The Salii* had to carry (ferenda) shields '
through the city.
INoTEs. — a 3 201, b, 242. b 3304, e, 1. c 3266. d 3 104, d. e 3315,
f, 1. f 3 269, a. g % 284, REM. h 3 243, NOTE. i % 244, REM. 2.
1. Inclyta (= incluta) has no comparative (165, a).
2. Justitia et religione. Ablatives (261). Compare 234, REM. 1.
3. Curibus, from Cures, chief city of Sabines, north-east of
Latium ; supposed to have givem the name of Quirites to the
Eomam citizens, after the Sabines were incorporated. Ablative
of separation, as implied in accitus est.
4. Sacra; here a substantive (269, a).
5. Alendum dedit ; the gerundive agreeing with igmem denotes
the purpose of dedit (325, b).
6. Flaminem = filamimem, from filamem, filum, the priest so
called from the fillet, which he wore round his cap (apex). A.
flamen was a priest assigned to the service of one particular god;
as, flamen Martialis, priest Qf Mars.
7. Curuli sella, the Curule chair, a stool ornamented with ivory ;
the use of it was restricted to the highest magistrates.
8. Salios, prîest8 of Mars; • from salio, to leap or dance.
9. Amcilia, from ancile (137, b, 2), the shield which fell from
heaven. Numa, had elevem Others made like it, and committed
the care of'the twelve aneilia to the Salii.
CONSTRUCTION. 89
10. Fastos, days om which legal busines8 could be transacted; ne-
fastos, mot business days, but devoted to religious ceremonies and
feasts.
11. Jano gemino. Janus was represented as having two faces;
hemce our month January — looking back upon the old year, and
forward to the new.
12. Apertus, whem opem ; clausus, whem closed.
13. Institutis suis, for his in8titution8 (244).
14. sibi; why not ei or illi? (280, R. 54).
15. What clause expresses the purpose of simulavit ?
16. Quae ageret ; the subjunctive refers the statement to Numa,
as a part of what he said, implied in simulavit (310, c, R. 69).
17. Perenmi; composition (200, e, 2) and literal meaming?
18. Deae ; decline (124, REMI. 1).
19. Legum et poenarum ; objective Or subjective genitive?
20. Ut - - - continerent ; subjunctive of result, after imbuit ea
pietate (300, b, 1).
IL E S S O N V I.
ABLATIVE : CASE OF ADVERBIAL RELATIONS.
Learn Gr., 250—259, Rules 88—44.
EIORATIUS COCLES. B. C. 508.
Porsema, rex Etruscorum, ad restituendos Tarquinios
cum ^ infesto exercitu Romam vënit. Primo impetu *
Janiculum cepit. Non unquam alias ante tantus terror
Romanos invasit; ex agris° in urbem demigrant; urbem
ipsam sepiunt praesidiis*. Alia urbis pars muris *, alia
Tiberi * objecto tuta videbatur. Pons Sublicius iter
paene hostibus dedit, nisi unus vir fuisset Horatius
Cocles, illo cognomine * donatus, quod in alio proelio
oculum amiserat. Is, extrema pontis parte *° occupata,
Grad.—-8.
90 LATIN GRADUAL.
aciem hostium solus ° sustinuit, donec pons a tergo in-
terrumperetur °. Ipsa audacia obstupefecit hostes; ponte
rescisso armatus" in Tiberim desiluit, et multis super-
incidentibus telis incolumis ad suos transnavit. Grata
erga tantam virtutem civitas fuit; ei tantum agri ° datum
est, quantum una die circumarari potuisset. Statua
quoque ei in Comitio pOsita.
IE X IE R. C I S E .
Translate into Latin : 1. He came to Rome On the
first day*. 2. The Tarquims had been banished from.
Rome *' mot longf before. 3. Porsena will take the city
in five days 3. 4. In all' the city, fright came upom the
Romans '. 5. The Romams came down from j the country.
6. Horatius leaped down from k the bridge *'. 7. He diê.
not boast of (glorior) his valor *°. 8. Rejoicing (laeti) ir.
the victory **, the Romans erected a statue to Horatius *.
9. By means of their garrisons *, they hedge in the city.
10. The Romans 31 had needºm of garrisons *°.
NoTEs. — a 3 259, REM. b % 254, REM. 2. c 3 270, b. d % 323, d.
e % 227, c. f 3 252, REM. 2. g % 252. h 3 253. i ? 215, a, 2. j% 254,
REM. 2. k 2256, REM. 3. m % 258, b.
' Explain the following ablatives of Lesson V: justitia, Curibus,
religione, veste et sella, caelo, armis, institutis, dea, momitu, aqua,
piëtate, morbo, bello, pace.
1. Porsena, rex Etruscorum ; réx, here in the sense of com-
'mamder-in-chief. Etruria (Tuscamy) was a confederacy of twelve
independent cities, the chiefs or kings of which were called
Lucumönes. Porséna, king of Clusium, probably had been ap-
pointed chief commander of the war to restore the Tarquins.
2. Ad restituendos Tarquinios ; the purpose of vënit ; the
gerundive (accusative) after ad (324, b), instead of ut Tarquinios
restitueret.
3. Venit ; present or perfect? how distinguished?
CONSTRUCTION. 91
4. Alias, Other time ; strengthens non unquam.
5. Invasit ; how made transitive? (215, a, 2).
6. Ex agris — in urbem ; the prepositions emphasize the rela-
tions: ex, out Qf, ^vhence, and im, into, limit of motion.
7. Objecto, lying in the way (to Porséna). The Janiculum was
the Only hill of Rome On the right bank — î. e., north of the Tiber.
8. . Pons Sublicius, the Subliciam bridge (subliciae, piles); the
oldest of all the Roman bridges.
9. IDedit — nisi unus vir fuisset, did almost give the enemy am
entrance, and would have quite done so, had út mot beem for Ome
7nam. IDédit, in the conclusion, instead of dedisset (306, c, REM.).
10. Cöclés, Ome-eyed, as explained in quod - - - amiserat. For
the Origin of this legend, see MOMMSEN, Hist. Rome, I, 59.
11. Quod, because, is followed by the indicative, amiserat, as
giving a, statement of the writer (292, c).
12. Occupata, why rendered having seized ?
13. I)onec, wmtil, amd in Order that it might be broken asunder;
interrumperetur (304, 3). Force of inter in the verb ?
14. Pomte rescisso marks the time of desiluit ; rumpêre, to
break, and rescindêre, to cut Qff, are appropriately used with
reference to a woodem bridge.
15. Note the vowel changes in the roots of the simple verbs
when compounded: restituendos, sustinuit, desiluit, superinci-
dentibus (200, e).
16. Multis - - - telis, notwithstanding many a dart Was falling
from above, he swam across (incolumis) in 8afety.
17. Suos ; how used here? (269, 3d example).
18. Erga — virtutem ; erga, toward, is more frequent with per-
sons; here it marks the gratitude of the state (civitas fuit grata);
as going out toward him who had manifested SO great valor;
virtutem = virum.
19. Tantum— quantum, correlatives (176); potuisset, subjunc-
tive, because inserted as a part of the statement which the
writer is here quoting (310, d).
20. Comitio; the comitium (singular) was a part of the Forum,
and the place where elections were held; comitia (plural), the
assembly of the people (con -+- eo).
SPECIAL QUESTIONS.— How is time when denoted in Latin?
time how lomg? time within, which ? time how long after or before?
place where ? place in which ? place whence ? place to which?
92 ILATIN GRADUAL.
IL E S S O N V II.
ABLATIVE : CASE OF ADVERBIAL RELATIONS.
Learn Gr., 260—264, Rules 45—49.
MARCUS ATILIUS REGULUS. B. C. 256.
Lacedaemonii Xanthippum, virum belli*- peritissi-
mum, Carthaginiensibus * miserunt, a quo *° Regulus
victus est ultima, pernicie; duo tantum millia ° homi-
num ex omni Romano exercitu remanserunt; Regulus
ipse ° captus, et in carcerem ° conjectus est. Deinde
Romam de permutandis 7° captivis, dato jurejurando *°,
missus est, ut, si non impetrasset °, rediret ipse Cartha-
ginem. Qui * quum Romam venisset", inductus in sen-
atum mandata exposuit; et primum, ne sententiam.
diceret 8 recusavit; quamdiu jurejurando hostium tem-
eretur', se non esse sematorem.
Jussus tamen sententiam aperire *, negavit esse utile,
captivos Poenos reddi, illos enim adolescentes esse eº,
bonos duces, se jam confectum senectute *°. Cujus quum
valuisset auctoritas, captivi retenti sunt. Regulus deinde,
quum retineretur a propinquis et amicis, tamen Cartha-
ginem rediit; neque vero tunc ignorabat, se ad crudelis-
simum hostem et ad exquisita supplicia proficisci; sed
jusjurandum conservandum putavit. Reversum J Car-
thaginienses* omni cruciatu necavisse dicuntur*.
IE X E R. C I S E.
Translate imto Latin: 1. Xanthippus, a mam very
skillful in war, was sent by the Spartans *° to the Car-
thaginians *. 2. Regulus was braver (fortior) than
Xanthippus". 3. He was Worthy (dignus) of all honor m'.
CONSTRUCTION. 93
4. Horatius, (a mam) of remarkable (eximius) valor*,
alone withstood the army ' of the enemy '*. 5. Am army
of three legions " came to Rome. 6. When he had ex-
pressedo his opinion *°, he returned to Carthage. 7. Reg-
ulus was leader * (dux) of the Romans * in the Cartha-
ginian (Punicus) war*. 8. On his returm (reversus), he
is saidk to have been put to death with exquisite torture**.
9. He thought, he must keep P his oath ". 10. Through
his (ejus) influence *, the prisoners were retained.
NoTEs. — a 3 234, 1. b % 168, REM. 5. c 3 285. d 3 153. e 395, d.
f 3 286, h. & 3 297, 2. h 3310, d. i% 315, f, 3. j 3323, f. k 3 315, f, 2.
m % 261, a. m % 263, NoTE. o 3 264, b. P % 315, f, 1.
1. Xanthippum ; for an account of the strategical skill of this
Spartam, see MoMMSEN, vol. II, pp. 57—59.
2. Virum, appositive of Xanthippum (Rule 50).
3. Ultima, pernicie, with vtter ruin. How is am ablative of
manner usually modified ?
4. Exercitu, trained army, from exerceo. What is the dis-
tinctive meaning of acies ? of agmen ?
5. IDe permutandis eaptivis, concerming am eaechamge Qf prisOmer8.
6. Jurejurando ; is this word a compound ? (151, REM.) Define
a compound noun.
7. Si non impetravisset ; the pluperfect marks the returning
(rediret) as to take place after the question of obtaining his suit
has been decided. Both the imperfect and pluperfect here relate
to future time (i. e., future to Regulus when he gave oath), but
depend on a verb of past time (historical tense). For law of
tenses, see 311, a-g, Rule 70.
8. Rediret, subjunctive as expressing purpose of the oath
given— to the emd that he should retur m ; impetrasset is inserted
by the historian as a constituent part of the oath, ί. e., the state-
ment of Regulus, hence the subjunctive by Rule 69.
9. Inductus - - - exposuit ; the action expressed by imductus
was completed before that of exposuit began. Compare the use
of reversum, in the last sentence of the text.
10. Primum, in the first place, followed by deinde ; primö, at
first, is fQllowed by postea.
94 LATIN GRADUAL.
11. Se non esse senatorem, depends On a Word of saying im-
plied in recusavit.
12. Negavit esse utile, Said it wa8 not. expedient; literally,
denied (it) to be expedient. English idiom, Say8 it is mot ; Latin
idiom, demies it to be.
13. Captivos Poenos reddi, that the Carthaginiam prisoners should
be given up, is the subject of esse utile, which is impersonal.
14. Enim, postpositive, for, introduces a reason for the state-
ment negavit, etc.
15. Illos— esse ; the infinitive depends on a verb of saying
implied in negavit.
16. Quum— voluisset, since, etc. (302, 1).
17. Quum retineretur, although, etc.; subjunctive of concession.
The imperfect tense shows that the restraint was attempted, but
did not succeed (59).
· 18. Distinguish propinquis and amicis.
19. Exquisita, 80 ught out, specially for him ; no usual mode of
punishment being considered severe enough. Is the word ex-
quisite, in English, ever used of what is painful? as, eæquisite
pain.
20. Jusjurandum conservandum (supply esse) ; infinitive (object
clause), object of putavit, thought his oath must be kept, or that
he must keep his oath. Point out several words in I.essom VII
that have English derivatives.
IL E S S O N V III.
AGREEMENT: APPOSITIVES — ADJECTIVES.
Learn Gr., 265—277, Rules 50—52.
COMMENCEMENT OF THE SECOND PUNIC WAR.
(B. C. 218.)
Hannibal, Hamilcaris filius, novem annos matus, a
patre aris admotus Odium * in Romanos perenne juravit.
Quae res maxime videtur concitasse ° secundum bellum
CONSTRUCTION. 95
Punicum. Nam, Hamilcare mortuo *, Hannibal, causam
belli quaerens°, Saguntum, urbem Romanis foederatam,
evertit. Quapropter Roma, missi sunt Carthaginem le-
gati, qui populi *' Romani querimonias deferrent, et
Hannibalem, mali * auctorem, sibi dedi postularent.
Tergiversantibus Poenis, Q. Fabius, legationis princeps,
sinu ex toga, facto: Hic ego, inquit, porto bellum
pacemque; utrum ° placet, sumite. Poenis “bellum ”
succlamantibus, Fabius, excussa toga, bellum se dare
dixit. Poeni accipere se °' responderunt, et quo* accipe-
rent animo **, eodem se gesturos*. Hannibal, superatis
Pyrenaei et Alpium jugis, in Italiam venit. Publium
Scipionem apud Ticinum amnem, Sempronium apud
Trebiam, Flamimium ad Trasimemum lacum profligavit.
Adversus hostem toties' victorem missus Q. Fabius dic-
tator Hannibalis impetum mora fregit '; namque pristi-
nis edoctus cladibus, belli rationem mutavit. Per loca,
alta exercitum ducebat, neque ullo loco fortunae * se
committebat; castris, nisi quantum necessitas cogeret,
tenebatur miles. -
IE X E R. C I S E .
Translate into Latin : 1. The war begam (orsum est)
at Saguntum*', a city J in alliance with the Romans *.
2. Quintus Fabius*' had the family mamek of Maximus m.
3. Hannibal, when a boy ", swore everlasting hatred
toward the Romans. 4. Tem thousand mem " were sent 9.
5. A large part (magna pars) of the Roman army were
conquered 9. 6. Hannibal's father and mother were
dead* °. 7. The Pyrenees and the peaks of the Alps
had been surmounted* °. 8. The author of the wrong
was not given up. 9. The Carthaginians intend to act P
(se gerere) in the same spirit. 10. The former slaughter
taught° Fabius a different (alius) method of Warfare.
96 LATIN GRADUAL.
NoTEs. — a 3 111, b, 183. b % 95, d. c % 107, d. d 3 107, d, 108.
e 3 155, REM. 1. f 3 286, b. g 3 317, REM. 4. h % 176. i % 104, d.
j % 249, NOTE, 265, a. k % 152, a. m % 265, b. n % 265, REM. 3.
o % 267. p 394, 322.
1. Novem annos natus, at the age qf mime ; why accusative ?
2. Aris admotus ; case of aris ? what case follows ad, not in
compounds?
3. Perenne, lastìng through his life ; sempiternus, lasting a8 lomg
as time ; aeternus, owtla$ting all time, etermal.
4. Quae res, this act, rather tham quod, referring to a group
of words (286, i).
5. Videtur, seems ; videtur quam rem concitasse, it appears that
this act excited, would be the personal construction ; explain the
difference in the constructions with videtur (315, f, 2).
6. Causam belli; is belli subjective or objective ?
7. Romanis foederatum, in alliance with the Romans (245).
8. Evertit ; force of ex in the compound ?
9. Romä - - - Carthaginem ; what relation does each express
to missi ?
10. Qui = ut ii (299), denotes purpose; what subjunctives
follOW ?
11. Hannibalem dedi is an object clause, and governed by
postularent; does the clause correspond to the accusative of the
per8on or that of the thing ? (217, 315, d).
12. Tergiversantibus, from tergum and versor, turning their
backs, i. e., declining the demand.
13. Sinu ex toga facto, having gathered wp his toga, in a, fold;
vwhy did the embassador wear the toga ?
14. Succlamantibus, 8houting in reply ; notice the force of sub ;
is bellum the object of succlamantibus?
15. Quo acciperent animo ; whose statement? why subjunc-
tive? (310, d). »
16. Se gesturos (supply esse), they would wage (the war)
(317, REM. 4).
17. Pyrenaei, genitive (supply montis) defining jugis.
18. Modern names of Ticinus, Trebia, and Trasimenus?
19. Ullo loco, ablative of place in which (253).
20. Quantum — cogeret, restrictive relative clause, subjunctive
(301, 3).
CONSTRUCTION. 97
$
IL E S S O N IX.
PRONOUNS: AGREEMENT — SPECIAL UsEs.
Pead Gr., 278—286; learn Rules 53, 54.
CAIUS JULIUS CÆSAR. — 1. Early Life. B. C. 100—63.
C. Julius Cæsar, nobillissima genitus familia"', annum
agens sextum et decimum, patrem amisit. Paullo post
Corneliam duxit uxorem, cujus quum pater Sullae* esset
inimicus, voluit * Sulla Cæsarem compellere * ut eam
dimitteret; neque id'' potuit efficere.
Ob eam ° causam Cæsar bonis ° spoliatus, quum etiam
ad mortem quaereretur °, mutata, veste, noctu elapsus est
ex urbe, et, quamquam tunc quartanae [febris] morbo*
laborabat ", prope per singulas noctes latebras commu-
tare cogebatur ; et comprehensus a Sullae liberto *°, vix
data pecunia evasit. Postremo per propinquos ° et affi-
mes ° suos veniam impetravit, diu repugnante Sulla, qui,
quum deprecantibus ornatissimis viris denegasset °, atque
illi * pertinaciter contenderent °, expugnatus tamdem
dixit, eum, quem salvum tantopere cuperent *, ali-
quando optimatium' partibus *, quas simul defendis-
sent °, exitio * futurum ' [esse] multosque in eo puero
inessei Marios.
Cæsar, mortuo Sulla, et composita, seditione civili.
Rhodum '° secedere * statuit, ut per otium Apollonio,
tunc clarissimo dicendi magistro, operam daret; sed in
itinere a piratis captus est, mansitque apud eos° quad-
raginta dies. Per omne autem illud spatium ita se gessit,
ut piratis terrori* pariter ac venerationi esset. Interim
comites servosque dimiserat ad expediendas pecunias,
quibus redimeretur. Viginti talenta piratae postulave-
rant; ille * vero quinquaginta daturum se * spopondit.
Quibus J numeratis expositus est in litore.
Grad.—9.
98 LATIN GRADUAL.
2. Cæsar óm, Gaul. B. C. 58—50.
Cæsar functus consulatu Galliam provinciam accepit.
Gessit autem movem annis, quibus in imperio fuit,
haec k fere. Galliam in provinciae Romanae formam
redegit; Germanos, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, pri-
mus " Romanorum ponte fabricato aggressus maximis
affecit cladibus, Britannos antea, ignotos vicit, iisque °
pecunias et obsides imperavit; quo in bello multa
Cæsaris facta, egregia, marrantur. Inclinante in fugam
exercitu, rapuit e manu militis fugientis scutum, et in
primam aciem volitans pugnam restituit. In alio proe-
lio aquiliferum terga vertentem faucibus comprehendit,
in contrariam partem retraxit, dexteramque ad hostem
protemdens; “ Quorsum tu m,” inquit, “ abis?” “Illic sunt,
cum quibus dimicamus.” Quo facto militibus animos
addidit.
NoTEs. — a 3 315, c. b 3 284. c % 269, a, Rule 41. d % 292, e.
e 3 260, REM. f 3 283. g 3 310, d. h 3 229. i 3 315, f, 1. j 3 286, h.
R 3 281. m 3 271. n ? 279.
1. Date of Cæsar's birth ? Pompey's? Cicero's? Sulla's?
2. Annum agens, pa88ing his 8iacteenth year, i. e., during his siv-
teenih year. How would sia:teem, years old be expressed? (220,
ex. 5).
3. Paullo post ; paullo, why ablative?
» 4. IDuxit ; supply in matrimonium, led in marriage.
5. Cujus quum pater, render, and since her father (286, h);
account, for the mode of esset and dimitteret.
6. Quartanae, from quartus, the quartam ague, recurring every
fourth day; genitive (229). -
7. Vix --- evasit, with difficulty made hi8 e8cape; by what means?
hoW expressed here? (264, b).
8. IDeprecantibus, whem they were pleading (323, f).
9. Salvum (supply esse) cuperent, desired to re8cue.
10. Quas simul defendissent, which (party) they at the 8a me time
fiad supported; this clause is a part of Sulla's statement, not the
historiam's, and requires the subjunctive (310, d).
CONSTRUCTION. - 99
11. Marios ; when may the plural of a proper personal name
be used ? What, force has this statement of Sulla?
12. Mortuo - - - eivili ; what adverbial relation is expressed by
these ablatives absolute ?
13. Ut - - - esset denotes the result of ita se gessit.
14. Ad expediendas pecunias, to obtaim money ; change expedi-
endas to the gerund, and explain the difference in construction
(325, a).
15. Haec fere, the$e in general ; fere shows that the following
are the principal of Cæsar's exploits.
16. Primus Romanorum - - - affecit cladibus, was the first Romam,
who defeated; affecit, with an ablative of means, is best rendered
by a verb corresponding in meaning to the noun in the ablative.
Why is Romanorum used here, rather than Quiritium ?
17. Imperavit takes the dative (iis) of the perSon to whom
the order is given, and the accusative (pecunias et obsides) of the
thing demanded.
18. Cæsaris, what kind of genitive?
19. Fugientis, a8 he wa8 runming away ; a circumstantial parti-
ciple.
20. Faucibus comprehendit, Seized by the throat ; force of eom,
in the compound? faucibus (153).
IL E S S O N X.
AGREEMENT AND ANALYSIS.
Learm Gr., 287—292, Rules 55, 56.
CÆSAR ET ARIOVISTUS. (Cæs. B. G. I. 48—53.)
1. Ariovistus Declímes Battle.
Eodem die castra promovit et millibus passuum sex
a Cæsaris castris sub monte consedit. Postridie ejus
diei praeter castra Cæsaris suas copias transduxit, et
100 LATIN GRADUAL
millibus passuum duobus ultra, eum castra fecit, eo con-
silio, uti frumento *' commeatuque, qui ex Sequanis et
Æduis supportaretur, Cæsarem intercluderet. Ex eo die
dies continuos quinque Cæsar pro castris suas copias
produxit, et aciem instructam habuit, ut, si vellet
Ariovistus proelio contendere, ei*' potestas non deesset.
Ariovistus his omnibus diebus exercitum castris con-
tinuit; equestri proelio quotidie contendit.
2. Germam, Mode of Cavalry Fightimg.
Genus hoc erat pugnae, quo se Germani exercuerant.
Equitum 17 millia erant sex, totidem numero pedites
velocissimi ac fortissimi, quos ex omni copia singuli
singulos suae salutis causa, delegerant ". Cum his in
proeliis versabantur, ad hos se equites recipiebant; hi,
si quid erat durius, concurrebant; si qui, graviore vul-
nere*' accepto, equo" deciderat, circumsistebant; si quo
erat, longius prodeundum, aut celerius recipiendum, tanta
erat horum *' exercitatione celeritas, ut, jubis** equorum
sublevati, cursum adaequarent.
3. Cesar Fortifies a New Positiom.
£a
Ubi eum castris se tenere Cæsar intellexit, ne diutius
commeatu prohiberetur, ultra eum locum, quo in loco
Germani consederant, circiter passus sexcentos ab eis,
castris* idoneum locum delegit, acieque triplici in-
structa, ad eum locum venit. Primam et secundam
aciem in armis esse, tertiam castra munire jussit. Hie
locus ab hoste circiter passus sexcentos, uti dictum est,
aberat. Eo circiter hominum numero sedecim millia,
expedita, cum omni equitatu Ariovistus misit, quae
copiae nostros perterrerent "' et mumitone prohiberent.
Nihilo secius Cæsar, ut ante constituerat, duas acies
CONSTRUCTION. 101
hostem propulsare, tertiam opus perficere jussit. Muni-
tis castris, duas ibi legiones reliquit, et partem auxilio-
rum ; quattuor reliquas in castra majora reduxit.
INOTES. — Introductory. For an account, of Cæsar's First Cam-
paign in Gaul, B. C. 58, see MoMMSEN's Hist. Rome, IV, pp. 289-299.
The war against the Helvetians had been brought to a, success-
ful termination, and Cæsar, at the earnest entreaty of the
AEduans, undertOok to defend them and their allies against the
encroachments of the Germans.
Ariovistus, king of the latter, had led across the Rhine more
than 100,000 people, and had forcibly seized the territory of the
Sequanians, upon whom he had practiced extreme cruelties.
Cæsar by an embassy requested a personal interview, which
Ariovistus at first haughtily declined, but which, after the Roman
army had come nearer, and had anticipated him in occupying
Vesontio (now Besancon), he accepted, under the condition that
Cæsar should be attended by no foot-soldiers.
At this conference Cæsar demanded that, he should not make
war upon the Aeduans Or their allies, and should restore the
Hostages, and lead mo more Germans across the Rhine.
Ariovistus, in reply, claimed for himself the same rights in
northerm Gaul as Cæsar had in southern Gaul, and ordered him
to quit his possessions.
The interview was broken off abruptly by an attack of the
German cavalry upon the Roman soldiers in attendance, by
which it would seem that a, personal attack upon Cæsar had
|been planned under cover of the conference.
Two days after, Ariovistus sought a renewal of the negotia-
tions, which Cæsar declined to hold in person; but the embas-
sadors whom he sent to ascertain the mind of the king were
unceremoniously seized and thrown into chains.
1. Read the History referred to, Or some Other author, and
study carefully the geography of ancient Gaul, and note the
position of the contending forces.
2. Analyze carefully all the sentences after the model given
(289). In analyzing an involved sentence, it is important to
remember that the verb awhich meaet foliows a, relative belongs to that
relative. When a relative clause is inserted in another relative
í
:
:
§
3.
:
$
3* ()
102 1LATIN GRAIDUAL.
clause, the subject and predicate of the former both stand be-
tween the relative and verb Of the latter.
3. Eodem die, ihe 8a me day in which the embassadors had
been seized (285).
4. Sex millibus passuum, sia: ^miles. Was the Roman mile
shorter or longer than the English ? How much ? (376). Milli-
Bus, in the ablative (220, REM. 2), expresses the distance from
Cæsar's camp at which Ariovistus encamped, rather than the
eactent qf his march.
5. Sub monte, at the base of the moventain. What is the rule
for the use of the accusative with sub P
6. Postridie diei ; the genitive depends upon the noun die,
in the compound adverb.
7. Castra and eopias (147). .
8. Uti - - - intercluderet ; adverbial clause, expressing the pur-
pose of fecit ; eo consilio, an appositive of the clause, and ablative
of motive.
9. Qui supportaretur, which, wa8 om the way ; adjective clause,
limiting what? It is included in tbie purpose clause above,
hence the subjunctive by (310, a).
10. Aciem instructam habuit, rather tham aciem instruxit, indi-
cating that he formed a line Qf battle, and kept the troops in that positiom.
11. Point out the relation of si vellet, etc., to potestas deesset,
and of the latter to habuit ; which is the inserted clause?
12. IDiebus (220, REM. 3).
13. Proelio ; ablative of manner, modified how?
14. Hoc points to the following deseription ; near to the writer,
On the page.
15. Exercuerant ; indicative, expressing a, statement of the
writer as a fact. Compare delegerant, below.
16. Numero, in number ; ablative of specification (261); what
does it limit ? •
17. Singuli singulos ; the nominative agrees with the subjec ,
of delegerent (i. e., illi), and shows the individual choice On the
part of the horsemen; singulos, accusative, agrees with quos,
and shows that each horseman chose one foot-soldier only. -
18. Delegerant ; note its perfect stem, as compared with that
of lego and other compounds of the latter (107, d).
19. Si quid durius erat, if the damger wa8 unusual, or, Om any
emergency ; what kind of supposition, and how expressed? (292, a).
Compare si quo erat, below.
� & ©
CONSTRUCTION. 103
20. Erat longius prodeundum ; the nominative of the gerund,
the dative of agent (or possessor) being omitted; render, when
they had lo advamce farther tham, usual or retreat more Swifily (324, a).
21. Ut - - - adaequarent ; a clause of result introduced by ut;
usually, as here, is preceded by a demonstrative, ita, tam, talis,
or tantus, and the like.
22. Ubi denotes here absolute time (292, d).
23. Ne - - - prohiberetur expresses the purpose of what action?
24. Quo in loeo ; note the repetition of locum, loco in both
clauses; frequent in Cæsar (286, b). -
25. Consederant ; indicative in am inserted clause (310, REM. 3),
a statement of the writer's, as defining locum (adjective clause).
26. Acie triplici, three limes: hastati, principes, triarii. The
Hastati fought with long spears (hastae), and consisted of young
men ; the Principes formed the second line, and were men in
the full vigor of manhood ; the Triärii (from tres, tri-) consisted
of veterans. Besides these, there were Vélites, the light-armed, or
Skiymishers.
27. Expedita, light-àrmed, as being without incumbrance.
28. Quae --- prohiberent ; note the relative quae = ut ea.
29. Munitione, ablative of separation (256).
30. Jussit, might have been followed by what mode ? (315, 3,
EREM.).
31. Legiones. How many men in a legion in the time of
IRomulus? in the time of the second Punic war ? in the time of
Marius and subsequently ? Each legion consisted of ten cohorts,
each cohort of three maniples, and each maniple of two cen-
turies; hence, 1 legion = 10 cohorts = 30 maniples = 60 centuries.
The six superior officers of each legiom were called Tribuni
Militum. The Centurio was the commander of a century (100
men, if the legion had 6,000), corresponding to our captain.
The Socii, or allies, were formed into legions and armed like the
EROmans, but their superior officers were called Praefecti.
The standard of the legion was an aquila, eagle, of silver or
promze, with outstretched wings ; the standard-bearer was called
Aquilifer. The standard of the cavalry consisted of a square
piece of cloth, called Vexillum. Three hundred horsemen formed
the regular complement of each legion.
104 LATIN GRADUAL.
IL E S S O N X I.
SUBJUNCTIVE MODE.
Read Gr., 293—304; learn Rules 57—65.
CÆSAR ET ARIOVISTUS (CONTINUED).
4. Ariovistus Attacks the New Camp.
Proximo die instituto ** suo Cæsar e castris utrisque
copias suas eduxit; paulumque a majoribus castris pro-
gressus, aciem instruxit, hostibusque pugnandi potes-
tatem fecit. Ubi me tum quidem eos'° prodire intellexit,
circiter meridiem exercitum in castra reduxit.
Tum demum Ariovistus partem suarum copiarum,
quae castra minora oppugnaret, misit; acriter utrimque
usque ad vesperum pugnatum est, Solis occasu * suas
copias Ariovistus, multis et illatis et acceptis vulneri-
bus *°, in castra, reduxit. Quum ex captivis quaereret
Cæsar, quamobrem Ariovistus proelio * non decertaret *', .
hanc reperiebat causam, quod apud Germanos ea com-
suetudo esset "*, ut matres familiae eorum sortibus * et
vaticinationibus declararent, utrum proelium committi'*
ex usu esset *', nec me: eas ita dicere: “ Non esse fas
Germanos superare, si ante novam lunam proelio con-
tendissent.
5. Both, Armies Prepare for Battle.
Postridie ejus diei Cæsar, praesidio utrisque castris,
quod ° satis esse visum est, relicto, omnes alarios im con-
spectu hostium pro castris minoribus constituit, quod
minus multitudine militum legionariorum pro hostium
numero valebat, ut ad speciem alariis uteretur. Ipse,
triplici instructa acie, usque ad castra hostium accessit.
CONSTRUCTION. 105
Tum demum necessario Germani suas copias castris *'
eduxerunt, generatimque constituerunt paribusque in-
tervallis, Harudes, Marcomanmos, Triboccos, Vangiones,
Nemetes, Sedusios, Suevos, omnemque aciem suam rhe-
dis* et carris circumdederunt, ne qua spes in fuga, relin-
queretur. Eo mulieres imposuerunt, quae in proelium
proficiscentes milites passis manibus flentes implora-
bant, ne se in servitutem Romanis traderent.
NOTES. — 1. Define an indirect question ; a subject clause; an
object clause ; an adjective clause; an adverbial clause.
2. Proximo die ; die, masculine (145, REM. 2).
3. Utrisque, each qf the two, or both ; what is the meaning of
quisque ?
4. Pugnandi potestatem fecit, Qffered battle ; pugnandi, genitive
of definition (229).
5. Ubi - - - intellexit ; does the clause express absolute or rela-
tive time? (292, d). For formation and parts of intellexit, see
201, b, and 107, d; diligo, etc.
6. Quae - - - oppugnaret, to a88ault ; quae = ut ea (299).
7. Pugnatum est, they fought, or, the battle was maintained (45).
8. Solis occasu (232, and 251, a).
9. Et illatis et aeeeptis ; the repetition of et (370, b, 1) marks
the giving and the receiving of wounds, as distinct. What rela-
tion to reduxit, does the ablative absolute here express?
10. Quum - - - quaereret, - - - reperiebat, when, he inquired - - - he
foumd out; quum denotes relative time, as the a8|ing was the
cause as well as the time of the fimding.
11. Quod - - - esset, becau8e (as the prisoners said) there was
this custom among the Germans, that, etc.
12. Ut - - - declararent; subjunctive of result in a subject
clause, in apposition with consuetudo (296, REM.); render the
whole sentence from quod, that amomg the German8 it vas the
custom for their matrons to promounce, from lots amd divinatiom,
whether, etc.
13. Utrum - - - necne, whether - - - Or mot (328, b); utrum, which
qf two things, points to the alternative and introduces a, double
question, here indirect.
14. Ex usu esset, it were ea pedient,
106 LATIN GRADUAL.
15. Si - - - contendissent, if they engaged, is a part of the indi-
rect quotation, which depends upon dicere, and the latter de-
pends upon reperiebat, and is historical; hence contendissent is
pluperfect by Rule 70, and subjunctive by Rule 69, 310, d. If
the quotation were direct, the conditional clause would have
the perfect tense, by (306, b).
16. Diëi; what does this genitive limit?
17. Distinguish the different relations expressed by praesidio
and castris, with reference tO relicto.
18. JAlarios, auaciliaries, because these were usually placed
Vwhere? Signification of the derivative suffix ario- P (189); ala-,
ving; what does alarios mean? -
19. Quod - - - valebat ; whose statement? (310, d, REM. 3).
20. Uteretur ; purpose of what action ?
21. Ad speciem, for appeararce, for Show; ad here indicates
the emd toward which.
22. Alariis expresses the means he used, uteretur (258, a).
23. Generatim, matiom by matiom, (199, f).
24. Paribus intervallis ; what kind of ablative? (220, REM. 2).
25. Aciem - - - carris circumdedérunt, Surrownded all their army
with coaches and wagon8. Aciem, accusative of direct object;
rhedis and carris, ablative of means. Aciei (dative) rhedas et
earros (accusative) circumdederunt is a construction much used
with this verb.
26. Ne introduces a negative purpose.
27. Eo, thereom, = im iis carris.
28. Quae - - - implorabant, a statement of the author, hence
indicative.
29. Passis, from pando (108).
30. Traderent, why subjunctive?
CONSTRUCTION. 107
IL E S S O N X II.
SUBJUNCTIVE MODE.
Read Gr., 305-310; learn Rules 66—69.
CAESAR ET ARIOVISTUS (COMPLETED).
6. The Battle Begins.
Cæsar singulis legionibus singulos legatos et quaesto-
rem praefecit, uti eos testes° suae quisque virtutis hab-
eret °'. Ipse a dextro cornu, quod eam partem '° min-
ime'° firmam hostium esse animum adverterat, proelium
commisit. Ita nostri acriter in hostes, signo dato, im-
petum fecerunt, itaque hostes repente celeriterque pro-
currerunt, ut spatium pila, in hostes conjiciendi non
daretur. Rejectis pilis, cominus gladiis* pugnatum est;
at Germani, celeriter ex consuetudine sua phalange**
facta, impetus gladiorum exceperunt. Reperti sunt
complures nostri milites, qui in phalangas insilirent,
et scuta, manibus revellerent, et desuper vulnerarent.
Quum hostium '° acies a sinistro cornu pulsa atque in
fugam conversa esset, a dextro cornu vehementer mul-
titudine suorum '° nostram aciem premebant. Id quum
animadvertisset P. Crassus adolescens, qui equitatu prae-
erat, quod expeditior erat, quam hi, qui inter aciem ver-
sabantur, tertiam aciem laborantibus nostris subsidio
misit. &
7. The Rout qf the Germams.
Ita proelium restitutum est, atque omnes hostes terga,
verterunt, neque prius fugere destiterunt, quam ad flu-
men Rhenum millia passuum ex eo loco circiter quin-
quaginta pervenerint "°. Ibi perpauci aut, viribus con-
fisi, transnatare contenderunt, aut, lintribus inventis,
sibi * salutem repererunt.
108 LATIN GRADUAL.
In his fuit Ariovistus, qui, naviculam deligatam ad
ripam nactus, ea* profugit; reliquos omnes consecuti
equites nostri interfecerunt. Duae fuerunt Ariovisti
uxores, uma Sueva matione *°, quam ab domo secum
eduxerat; altera, Norica, regis *' Vocionis*" soror, quam
im Gallia duxerat, a fratre missam ; utraeque in ea fuga,
perierunt. Duae filiae harum *', altera occisa, altera
capta est.
NoTEs. — 1. What mogle expresses supposition as a fact? (292,
a). Which part of a conditional sentence is called the protasis,
and why ? (305). What kind of subjunctive is that of the pro-
tasis? that of the apodosis? Which is the leading clause of a
conditional sentence? (306, NOTE). Meaning of apodosis? What,
mode and tenses express a, condition which will probably be
fulfilled? one that the speaker regards as almost certain of fulfill-
ment ? (305, a, 1, and 306, a). How is the conclusion of such
conditioms expressed ? When may the future perfect be used im
Such conditions? (306, REM.). How is a, condition expressed
vWhen its fulfillment is possible but not probable? (305, a, 2, and
306, b). How the conclusion of such a condition?
What mode expresses a condition whose fulfillment is imp08si-
ble? (305, a, 3, and 306, e). Which tense relates to present time?
which to past time? Name two kinds Of general conditions that
require the subjunctive? (305, b, and 307). Other general con-
ditions, including clauses introduced by indefinite relatives usually
express facts, and therefore require the indicative (305, b, 2, and
292, a). Does the simple relative qui ever imply a conditiom ?
(307, REM.). Which part of a conditional sentence may have
the potential subjunctive ? (308). In modest assertions, and im
questions of doubt or appeal, what is always implied ? (308, a, b).
Upon what does a clause containing an optative subjunctive
depend? (309, NOTE). Is the subjunctive ever used in a strictly
independent, sentence ? When is the subjunctive required in ar.
inserted clause? (310, a-d).
2. The relative clause may express a purpose (299), a result
.(301, 1—6), a cause or reason (302, 3), a concession (303), a con-
dition (307, REM.), and may be used as the essential part o*
another dependent sentence (310). In all of these uses it re-
quires the subjunctive.
CONSTRUCTION. 109
3. Quum (cum), denoting cause (302, 1), concession (303),
relative or indefinite time (304), requires the subjunctive; de-
noting when, absolute time (292, d), it requires the indicative.
4. When do the causal conjunctions, quod, quoniam, quia,
and quando, require the subjunctive? (302, 2); the indicative?
(292, c).
5. Distinguish the uses of the subjunctive after ut, (295—300).
Does ut non introduce a result Or purpose? When must quo be
used, rather than ut P (298, REM.).
6. What kind of subjunctive follows quim and quominus ?
(297, 2, 301, 6). -
7. When are antequam and priusquam followed by the indic-
ative? (292, d, 2); by the subjunctive ? (304, 2, and REM.).
8. When only does an inserted clause require the indicative?
(310, REAI. 3). Why does an inserted clause usually require the
subjunctive ? .
9. Uti - - - haberet, expresses what adverbial idea ?
10. Cornü, horn ; how did this word come to signify wing?
a dextro cornu, om, the right wing ; ä (ab) has the primary
meaming of from, i. e., from a place near some object ; hence
lìere the quarter or point at which he joined battle. Great care
should always be taken to learn the primary relation expressed
by a preposition, in Order to understand its use with the abla-
tive Or accusative.
11. Quod introduces whose statement of cause here ?
12. Signo dato marks the time.
13. Ut - - - daretur ; the subjunctive of result after ut may
usually, as here, be known by its relation. to some demonstra-
tive word — tam, ita, sie, talis, tantus, etc.: the enemy ram for-
ward 80 suddenly and swiftly that room was mot givem, etc.
'How would that mot be expressed if a purpose were to be intro-
duced?
14. Spatium pila eonjiciendi, the gerund ; the more usual
construction is, pilarum eonjiciendorum, éf hurling darts (325, a).
15. Cominus (eom -+- manus) ; force of eom ?
16. Facta, having formed ; phalange, a phalanae ; the agent of
the participle being the same as that of the leading verb, the
perfect active is used to render facta.
17. Qui - - - insilirent (in -+- sälio) - - - revellerent - - - vulne-
rarent; the relative elause here expresses result; qui = ut ii
(301, 5); phalangas, Greek accusative (139).
110 LATIN GRADUAL.
18. Quum - - - eonversa esset ; what idea, does the clause ex-
press besides that of time ? Compare id quam animadvertisset.
19. Equitatu, dative after the compound ; u for ui (142).
20. Expeditior, leS8 encumbere(d.
21. Laborantibus, who were hard pre88ed (323, f).
22. Priusquam, the parts separated by tmesis (369, e); why
followed by the subjunctive?
23. Millia, accusative of space pasSed through.
24. Viribus confisi, confident in strength ; ablative of cause (257).
What other case may follow fido and eonfido ? (241).
25. Lintribus invemtis ; repererunt ; nactus ; invenio, C0mé VjOOm ;
reperio, find what is 8Ought ; nanciscor, chamce to fimd.
26. Naviculam, derived from navis (185).
27. Deligatam ad ripam, tied to the bark (323, d).
28. Consecuti - - - interfecerunt, purswed and 8lew (321).
29. Una Sueva - - - altera Norica, one a Suevam - - - the Other, a
Noricam ; una, and altera in apposition with uxores (265). Com-
pare altera - - - altera (below), appositives of filiae.
30. Quam - - - duxerat, whom, he had married, a, statement, Oi
the Writer.
IL E S S O N X III.
SEQUENCE OF TENSES: ORATIO OBLIQUA.
Read Gr., 811-880; learn Rules 70-81.
EMBASSADORS OF THE ADUATICI AND CÆSAR.
(B. G. II, 31, 32.)
1. The Aduatici Sue for Peace.
Ubi vero moveri et appropinquare moenibus viderunt,
nova, atque inusitata specie commoti, legatos ad Cæsarem
de pace miserunt, qui, ad hunc modum locuti: “ Non se
existimare Romanos sime ope divina bellum gerere, qui
CONSTRUCTION. 111
tantae altitudinis machinationes tanta celeritate pro
movere et ex propinquitate pugnare possent; se suaque
omnia, eorum potestati permittere ” dixerunt. “ Unum
petere ac deprecari; si forte pro sua clementia ac
mansuetudine, quam ipsi ab aliis audirent, statuisset ,
Aduatucos esse conservandos, ne se armis despoliaret;
sibi omnes fere finitimos esse inimicos, ac suae virtuti
invidere; a quibus se defendere, traditis armis, non pos-
sent. Sibi praestare, si in eum casum deducerentur,
quamvis fortunam a populo Romano pati, quam ab his
per cruciatum interfici, inter quos dominari consues-
sent.”
2. Caesar's Reply. The Surremder.
Ad haec Cæsar respondit: “ Se magis consuetudine
sua, quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum, si
priusquam murum aries attigisset, se dedidissent; sed
deditionis nullam esse conditionem, nisi armis traditis;
se id, quod in Nerviis fecisset, facturum, finitimisque
imperaturum, ne quam dedititiis populi Romani inju-
riam inferrent.” -æ-
Re nunciata, ad suos, “ quae imperarentur, facere,”
dixerunt. Armorum magna, multitudine de muro in
fossam, quae erat ante oppidum, jacta, sic ut prope
summam muri aggerisque altitudinem acervi armorum
adaequarent; et tamen circiter parte tertia, ut postea
perspectum est, celata, atque in oppido retenta, portis
patefactis, eo die pace sunt usi.
NoTEs. — 1. What determines the ten8e of the dependent clause?
(311). Which tenses are principal ? which historical ? (61).
2. What is the main distinction in the use of the present and
future imperative? (312—314).
3. The infinitive, considered as a moun, may have what cases?
(315). What two uses has the infinitive like the nominative?
(315, a, b); like the accusative? (315, c, d). What kind of verbs
112 LATIN GRADUAL.
require that the infinitive as object shall have a subject accusa-
tive ? (315, f, 1). What class of verbs may take an object clause
either in the infinitive or the subjunctive? (315, f, 3). When is
the historical infinitive used? (315, g). What poetical uses has
the infinitive ?
4. What is oratio recta ? oratio obliqua ? In changing direct.
into indirect speech, what will the indicative become? (317, a, b).
Is the infinitive so used in accordance with 315, f? Why will
dependent, relative clauses take the subjunctive ? Why must
questions of the second person take the subjunctive ? What.
subjunctive only is changed? (317, c). Why is this changed tC;
the infinitive? (306, NoTE). How are commands expressed di-
rectly ? (312—314). By what mode is a command quoted indi-
rectly ? (317, d). Is this subjunctive one form of the optative?
(309, d).
5. What power to govern cases have active participles? (318, a).
What perfect participles are active? (318, b, Exc. 1, 2). What,
equivalents in Latin for the perfect active participle? (319)
What force has the participle in ab urbe eondita, and the like
expressions? (320). What special uses has the future participle °
(322).
6. What cases has the gerund? what power to govern cases°
hoW modified ? (324). When is the gerundive preferable to the
gerund? (325, a, Rule 76).
7. What is the chief use of the supine in um ? of the supine
in u? (326, a, b).
8. Audio quid agas, Ihear what you are do£mg. According to
311, a, agas is here in the present tense; it is subjunctive by
Rule 57. Fill out the following sentences with the proper form
of ago (311, a-g):
PRINCIPAL FOLLOW PRINCIPAL.
I hear what yOu are doing, audio quid —
“ “ “ “ have dome, audio quid —
I have heard what you are doing, audivi quid —
& £ £ % ( £ £ £ “ have done, audivi quid —
I shall hear what yov, are doing, audiam quid —
£ % & £ € € “ “ have done, audiam quid —
I Shall have heard what you are doimg, audivero quid—
£ £ £ £ ç € £ £ £ £ ** have done, audivero quid —
CONSTRUCTION. 113
IIISTORICAL FOLLOW HISTORICAL.
I wa8 hearing (heard) what yOw, vere doing, audiebam quid—
£ £ £ £ « & £ £ £ “ had dome, audiebam quid —
I heard (aorist) what you were doing, audivi quid—
& £ £ £ & £ “ “ had dome, audivi quid —
I had heard what yOw, vere doing, audiveram quid—
& £ £ £ £ % £ % ** had done, audiveram quid —
In the same manner, the tense of a purpose or Other subjunc-
tive clause may be illustrated.
9. The Nervii had been almost annihilated by the Romans.
Upon hearing the result of the battle, the Aduatici, who were
On their way to succor the Nervii, returned home, and gathered
all their effects in one strongly fortified town. On the first
arrival of the Roman army, they sallied forth from their forti-
fications and contended in skirmishes, but were soon hemmed
in by a, rampart twelve feet high and fifteen miles in circuit.
The Romans then brought up the vineae, which consisted of
a roof of plank, sixteen feet long and seven broad, covered with
raw hides, and resting upon posts eight feet, high, under which
the soldiers advanced close to the walls. When the Romans
Began tO build a tower at a distance, the barbarians were ex-
cited to mockery ; but when they saw moveri et appropinquare
(supply turrim), they were frightened, and sent embassadors to
sue for peace. -
10. The interview between the embassadors and Cæsar con-
tains a good specimen of Oratio obliqua. Note the mode and
tense used in the indirect quotations; determine what the words
aclually used vere, and account for the changes made (317), thus:
DIRECT SPEECEI. INDIRECT SPEECH.
INon nos existimamus. Non se existimare (317, a).
ERomanos — — — gerere. IRomanos gerere (315, f, 1).
Qui pugnare possint °. Qui pugnare possent (317, c).
INos ipsos nostraque permittimus. Se suaque permittere (317, a).
lUnum petimus ac deprecamur. lUnum petere ac deprecari **
Si - - - statuerit (306, a, REM.). Si statuisset (317, d).
Quam ipsi audimus. Quam ipsi audirent (317, b, 2).
Ne despoliet (298, 2). Ne despoliaret (317, c).
This exercise should be carried through the lesson.
Grad.—-10.
VO C A IBUILA ERY.
AIBBREVIATIONS.
neut.-neuter
num.—numeral
oppos.—Opposed
Orig.—Original
pal.—palatal
part.—participle
pass.—passive
plur.—plural
prep.—preposition
pret.—preteritive
pron.—promoum
R.—remark
redup.—reduplicated
reflect.—reflective
rel.—relative
sc.—Supply
sing.—singular
spir.—spirant;
subj.—Subjunctive
subst.—substantive
sup.—Superlative
temp.—temporal
tr.—transitive
act.—active
abl.—ablative
acc.—accusative
adj.—adjective
adv.—adverb
advers.—adversative
affirm.—affirmative
altern.—alternative
cf.—compare
comp.—comparative
condit.—conditional
conj.—conjunction
cons.—consonant,
cop.—copulative
dat.—dative
def.—defective
dem.—demonstrative
dep.—deponent
dim.—diminutive
emph.—emphatic
Eng.—English
f.—feminime
fr.—from
freq.—frequentative
gen.—genitive
Gk.—Greek
imp.—impersonal
inc.—inceptive
indecl.—indeclinable
indef.—indefinite
indir.—indirect
inf.—infinitive
infer.—inferential
interj.—interjection
intens.—intensive
intr.—intransitive
irreg.—irregular
lab.—labial
ling.—lingual
liq.—liquid
loc.—locative
m.—masculine
multipl.—multiplica-
tive
N.—note
m.—neuter
NoTE.—The references are to the sections of Bartholomew*8 Ijatin Grammar
The Conjugations and Declensions are designated by the stem characteristics.
3% 40, 68, 121.
(114)
VOCAIBUILA ERY.
Ab, ä, abs, prep. with abl., from,
after, by, on the 8ide Qf. Cf.
ex and de (179, R. 3).
abeo, ire, abii, abitum, irreg.
intr. (109, II), go away.
abjicio, êre, -jéc-, -ject-, semi-
cons. (92), tr. throw away,
throw down, abamdom ; from
ab -+- jácio.
abscondo, ëre, -cond- Or con-
did-, -condit- or cons-, ling.
tr. put away Out Qf 8ight,
conceal carefully ; from ab
—— com -+- do.
absum, -esse, -fui, irreg., intr.,
be away, be distant ; tantum
abest ut, it is 80 far from
that.
äe, for atque, cop. conj., and,
' and also (330, a).
Acca, ae, f, A, Acca Laurentia,
wife of Faustulus.
accédo, êre, -cess-, -eess-, ling.,
intr., draw mear, approach,
a88ent to ; Eng., accede.
acceptus, a, um, part. of aecipio,
received, 8u8tained ; Eng., ac-
' cepted.
accio, ire, -civ-, -cit-, I, tr., cau8e
tO COmme to, 8ummOm ; from
ad -+- cio.
accipio, êre, -cép-, -cept-, semi-
cons., tr., take to one's self,
receive, accept ; from ad -H
capio (200, e, 1, and 201,
accurro, êre, -cucurr-, -curr-,
-curs-, liq., intr., rum up to,
hastem, to (99, I, R. 3).
accüso, áre, -cusâv-, -cusät-, A.,
tr., bring to trial (ad -+- causa,
200, e, 6), arraigm, charge,
CLCC? 1S6. -
äcervus, i, m, O, heap, pile; from
root ac.
άeies, èi, f, E (145, R. 1), edge,
line, battle array, army in, lime.
Cf. exercitus.
äcriter, adv. of manner, Sharply
(äeer), hotly, fiercely.
äd, prep. with acc., to, near, at,
according to ; with numerals,
about. Cf. äpud and in (179,
R. 3).
adaequo, áre, -aequäv-, -aequät-,
A, tr. and intr., make equal
(aequus, 194), equal, raise to
(t level, reach the level qf;
Eng., adequate. •
addico, ere, -dix-, -dict-, palat.,
tr., a88ent to, award to, give
leave.
addo, êre, -did-, -dit-, ling., tr.,
put or place beside, add to,
add (99, I, R. 3).
addüco, êre, -dux-, -duct-, ling.,
tr., lead to, brimg mear, of
persons; also, lead om. to,
influence.
adhibeo, êre, -hibu-, -hibit-, E,
tr., hold mear, have present,
apply, make u8e Qf, consult.
(115)
Adh
Ali
VOCABULARY.
adhüc, adv. of place and time,
to this place, 80 far, hitherto,
^umtil mow, yet.
admitto, êre, -mis-, -miss-, ling.,
tr., allow to come to, permit
to take place, allow to be
done.
admötus, a, um, part. of ad-
möveo (99, II), brought mear,
applied to.
ädölescens, -tis, part. of adöl-
esco, growing up, young ;
subst., a youth.
adsto, äre, -stit-, -stit-, A, intr.,
stamd besîde, be mear.
adsum, -esse, -fui, irreg. (109, I),
be mear, be at hamd, be present,
8tamd by, a88ist, appear for.
Aduätïci, -örum, m, O, the Adua-
tici, a people of Gaul, of
Cimbrian origin.
ädultus, a, um, part. of adöl-
eseo, grown up, adult.
advénio, ire, -vën-, -vent-, I,
intr., come to a place mear,
come wp to, draw mear, ap-
proach, arrive ; Eng., advent.
adversus, a, um, adj., turmed
toward, Opposite, urfavorable,
adverse.
aedifico, äre, aedificäv-, aedifi-
cät-, A, tr., make a building
(aedes + faeio), erect, build.
AEdui, -örum, m, O, the Æduams,
a tribe in Gallia, allies of
the Romans.
-ZEgyptius, a, um, adj., belonging
to Ægypt, Ægyptiam (189).
AEgyptus, i, m, O, Ægypt.
aetas, -tätis, f, ling. (134), age,
time Qf life.
afféro, afferre, attül-, allät-, ir-
reg., tr. (109, IV, R., 201, b),
bring or carry to, carry mear,
of things ; cf. adduco.
afficio, ëre, -féc-, -feet-, semi-
cons., tr., do 8omething to (ad
—Hfácio), treat, affect; dolöre
afficior, Iam distre88ed.
affinis, é, adj., bordering wp0m,
allied, kindred.
affines, subst., relatioms by mar-
riage, kindred, meighbors.
áger, agri, m, O, field, territory ;
plur., Country OppOS. to urbs,
city. �s
agger,-ëris, m, liq. (135), heap,
pile, moumd, embamkment ;
from ad -+- gero.
aggrëdior, i, aggressus sum, ling.
dep. tr., gQ to (ad-+- grädior),
approach, Ctssault, attack.
aggressus, a, um, part. of ag-
grëdior, having approached,
assailed, attacked.
agnoseo, êre, -növ-, -nit-, palat.
tr., recognize, know as ome's
Owm ; from ad -+- gnosco
(201, b).
άgo, ère, ëg-, aet-, palat. tr., put
in motior, lead, drive, pur8ue,
'manage, do, tran8act.
agríeóla, ae, m, A, tîller qf the
field, peCt8ant, farmer, hu8-
bamdmam ; from ager -+- eolo
(200, a).
äio, def. (111, c, 1), 8ay ye8,
affirm, Say.
Alärii, -örum, m, O, plur. of alä-
rius, a, um, from ala, trO0p8
8tationed On the wings Qf am,
army, auaciliaries.
Alba, ae, f, A, Alba Longa, a city
Of Latium built by Ascanius.
Albani, -örum, m, O, subst. plur.,
from Albanus, a, um, the
Albans.
äliäs, adv. of place and time,
elsewhere, at amother time.
älïeübi, indef. adv. of place,
Somewhere.
àliénus, a, um, adj., belonging to
amother, 8trange, foreigm; from
alius (187).
äliquando, indef. adv. of time,
at 80 me time, at one time, Omce.
άliquot, indecl. indef. num. adj.,
8Omne, mot 'mamy, few, Several;
from alius -+- quot.
älius, a, ud, adj. prOn. (155, R. 1),
Other, amo!her, one different
from those mentioned.
116
All
Ari
VOCABULARY.
allöquor, i, allocütus sum, palat.
dep. tr. (215), Speak to, acc08t,
address ; from ad -+- loquor.
älo, êre, alu-, alit- or alt-, liq.
tr. (105, d), supp0rt, mOurish,
keep wp.
Alpes, -ium, f, I (146, c), the
Alps, the high mountain
range between Italy, Ger-
many, and France.
alter, -ëra, -ërum, adj. prOm.
(155, R. 1), other of two, the
ome or the other (173, f, R.).
altitúdo, -dinis, f, liq. (135),
height, depth ; from altus.
alveus, i, m, O, hollow, chanmel,
b0dt ; from alvus.
ambo, ae, o, adj. (168, R. 2), both.
ämicè, adv., ίη, a friemdly mammer,
kindly.
ämicus, i, m, O, friemd ; cf. ami-
cus, a, um, from amo (189);
Eng., amicable.
ämitto, êre, -mis-, -miss-, lo8e.
ammis, is, m, I (137, a, 4), deep-
flowing water, broad river,
moumtaim, torrent, river ; cf.
flumem and fluvius.
ämo, àre, amäv-, amat-, A, tr.,
love (74).
Amülius, i, m, O, Amulius, son
of Procas, brother of Nu-
mitor.
äm, altern. conj., or, whether.
ancile, is, m, I (137, b, 2), shield.
ango, êre, anx-, anct-, palat. tr.,
pre$$ tight, throttle, trouble,
cau8e paim ; pass., 8uffer paim,
be tormented.
änimadverto, êre, -vert-, -vers-,
ling. tr., turm, the 'mind to,
motice, censure ; also written
separately animum adverto ;
Eng., animadvert.
ûnïmäl, -älis, m, I (137, b, 2),
living being, animal ; from
anima, breath qf life.
ánimus, i, m, O, 80ul, mind, cour-
age, spirit; distinguished
from anima, animal 8pirit,
^ breath, life.
annóna, ae, f, A, yearly produce,
provisiom8; from annus (189).
annülus, i, m, O, finger ring;
also ämülus, from änus Or
8LIYI lllS.
annus, i, m, O, rimg, year, circle.
ante, prep. with acc., and adv.,
before.
anteä, adv. of time, béfore, for-
'merly, previously.
anxius, a, um, adj., troubled, 8olic-
itous, amacious ; from ango.
àpërio, ire, äperu-, apert-, I, tr.,
wmcover, make visible, disclose,
opem, 8how (105, c).
äpertus, a, um, part. of äpërio,
opemed, opem.
Apollónius, i, m, O, Apollonius,
a famous rhetoriciam of
IRhodes.
appäreo, êre, -paru-, -parit-, E,
intr. (108), come in sight,
Cuppear.
appóno, êre, -pös-, -posit-, spir.
tr., 8et mear, place before.
appröpinquo, áre, -propinquäv-,
-propinquät-. A, intr., draw
'mear to, approach.
äpud, prep. with acc., at, clo8e by,
with, at the house qf, in the
works Qf, before ; root ap.
äqua, ae, f, A, ^Uater (153).
âquilifer, -féri, m, O (127, R. 2),
eagle-bearer, standard-bearer;
from aquila -+- fero (201, a).
ära, ae, f, A, altar.
arbiter, -tri, m, O, spectator,
hearer, witme88, judge, wmpire,
arbiter.
arbor, -öris, f, spir. (153), tree.
arceo, êre, arcu-, —-, E, tr.,
8hut up, 8h ut Qff, keep Qff,
prevemt.
argenteus, a, um, adj., Qf Silver,
made Qf silver ; from argen-
tum (189).
arguo, ère, argu-, argüt-, U, tr.,
'make clear, show, prove, argue,
accuse, charge with ; with gen.
Ariovistus, i, m, O, Ariovistus,
king of the Germans.

117
Arm
Cai
VOCABUILARY.
armä, -örum, m, O, plur. Only
(146, c, 4), arms, armor, war-
C(,?*€.
armätus, a, um, part. of armo,
having beem furmished with
arms, armed.
aröma, -ätis, m. (141), spice; dat.
and abl. plur., arómatis.
assëquor, i, assecütus sum, palat.
dep. tr., Overtake by following,
come wp wilh, overtake (201, b).
assiduitas, -ätis, f, ling., com-
stant attendance, invariable-
'me88, constancy, assiduity ;
from assiduus (ad -+- sedeo).
ät, advers. conj., but, yet, 8till
(330, b).
Atilius, a, um, adj., mame Qf a
IRomam, gens (152, b).
atque, cop. conj., and also, amd
(330, a).
attimeo, ëre, attinu-, attent-, E,
tr. and intr., hold mear to,
reach, to, attaim.
attìnet, imp. (114, b), it com-
cerms, it is Qf conseqwemce.
attingo, êre, -tig-, -tact-, palat.
tr., conne im contactavith, touch;
from ad -+- tango (103, c).
auctor, -öris, m, liq. (135), one
avho produces, founder, author,
COntriver, adviser, 8upp0rter,
approver; from augeo (183).
auctöritas, -tätis, f, ling. (134),
influence, weight Qf character,
authority, reputatiom (187).
audäcia, ae, f, A, boldne88, dar-
img; from audax (187); Eng.,
audacity.
audeo, êre, ausus sum, E, semi-
dep., dare, vemture (110, a).
audio, ire, audiv-, audit-, I, tr.,
hear (83—85).
augeo, êre, aux-, auet-, E, tr.,
cause to grow, increase, aug-
ment (106, a).
augürium, i, m, O, ατιgury.
aureus, a, um, adj., made Qf gold,
goldem, gold ; from aurum
(189). «-
auris, is, f, I (137, a, 4), ear.
auspicium, i, m, O, observatior,
Qf birds (auspex, from avis
-- spëcio), òmem, tokem ; Eng.,
auspices.
aut, altern. conj., Or; aut --- aut,
either --- ov (330, c).
autem, advers. conj., but om the
other hamd, yet (330, b).
auxilium, i, n, O, help, Supp0rt
(augeo, 183); plur., auxilia-
rie8, reinforcements (147).
àverto, êre, -vert-, -vers-, ling.
tr., turm away, remove; pass.
reflect., twrn Ome'8-8elf away.
ävus, i, m, O, gramdfather.
ETÉ
bellum, i, m, O (127, b), war ;
Orig. form, duellum.
bénéficium, i, m, O, l.indmess,
benefit; from beneficus (bene
+ fäcio).
bénigné, adv. of manner, kindly,
ἀm, a friendly way ; from be-
nignus (benus, from bonus,
-i- genus), 199, b.
IBenjaminus, i, m, O, Benjamin.
bestia, ae, f, A, beast ; including
fera, wild beast, and bëlua,
ferociou8 least.
biennium, i, 1), O, $pace Qf two
$years ; from bis -i- annus =
biennis.
bönum, i, m, O, good ihing, ben-
éfit ; böna, plur., goods, prop-
erty (153).
bönus, a, um, adj. (155, 164, a),
good, genwine, able, virtuous,
moble, brave.
IBritanni, -örum, m, O, Britoms,
the British.
byssinus, a, um, adj., made Qf
byssus, fime flaa, linem (189).
C;
cädäver, -ëris, m, liq. (153), dead
body, corp8e.
Cæsar, -äris, m, liq. (135), Cæsar
152)
Cäius, i (Gäius), m, O, Caius ; a.
TRoman praenomen (152).
118
Cam
Coe
VOCABULAIRY.
cämëlus, i, m, O, camel.
cáno, êre, cécim-, cant- (103, c),
liq. tr. and intr., 8ing, chant.
cäpio, êre, cêp-, capt-, semi-
cons. tr. (92), take, capture,
ch008e ; capëre dolorem, to
suffer.
captivi, -örum, m, O, plur. subst.
of eaptivus, a, um, from
capio, captive8, pri8Omer8.
captus, a, um, part. of capio,
taken, captured, 8ei2ed, taken,
prisOmer.
carcer, -ëris, m, liq. (135), in-
closure (areeo), prisom ; plur.,
barriers of race-course (153).
carrus, i, m, O, φυαgOm.
Carthâginienses, -ium, m, I, the
Carthaginiam8 ; from Car-
thâgo (191).
Carthâgo, -imis, f, liq., Carthage.
cäsa, ae, f, A, cot, hut.
castra, -örum, m, O, camp (147).
cäsus, üs, m, U, fall (eaclo),
mishap, misfortune, distress,
strait.
cätülus, i, m, O, ?/0ung dog,
whelp ; from cänis (185).
causa, ae, f, A, C(ιιι8e, reCt8om,
motive; abl., causâ, for the
sake Qf, with gen. (257, R. 3).
célätus, a, um, part. of eélo,
concealed, hiddem.
céléritas, -tätis, f, ling. (134),
speed, celerity ; from céler.
célérìter, adv. of manner, swiftly,
speedily, immediately ; from
céler (199, c).
célérius, adj. and adv. comp. of
céler, eeleriter, more 8wìftly,
rather 8wiftly.
certämen, -minis, n, liq. (135),
contest, battle ; from certo.
certè, affirm. adv., at any rate,
surely, certainly (199, b, N.).
cëtëri, ae, a, adj. plur., the Others,
the rest ; sing. rarely used;
adverbs, céterâ, cëterö, céte-
rum, a8 for the re$t, Otherwise
(199, a, d).
Chánaan, imdecl., Canaan.
Grad.—11. 119
Cibária, -örum, m, O (146, c, 4),
food, victavals, provisioms ;
neut. plur. of adj. cibárius,
from cibus (187).
cibus, i, m, O, food, for man or
beast, fodder.
cilicium, i, n, O, cloth qf goafs'
hair, Sackcloth ; from Cilici .
circiter, adv. and prep. with
accus., round abOwt, abσut,
^early.
circumäro, àre, -aräv-, -arät-, A,
tr., plow Curoumd.
circumdo, -däre, -déd-, -dät-, A ,
tr., give around, put aroumd,
8u)'round ; with acc. and dat.
(240, 242); also with acc.
and abl. of means (258).
circumsisto, êre, -stët-, ——,
ling. intr., 8tand, around,
protect.
circumsto, -stâre-, -stêt;-, ——,
A, tr. and intr., 8tand around,
surround (103, α).
civis, is, m and f, I (137, a, 4),
citizem.
civitas, -tätis, f, ling. (134), citi-
2emship, 8tate, body politic ;
from eivis.
clädes, is, f, I (137, a, 4), a
breaking in, pieces, imjwry, dis-
aster, defeat.
clärissimus, a, um, adj. sup.
of clärus, m08t illustriou8,
famOu8.
clärus, a, um, adj., loud, bright,
clear, distinct, famous, re-
monUmed.
clausus, a, um, part. of claudo,
shut, clo8ed.
clémenter, adv. of manner, gen-
tly, 7nildly ; from clémens.
clémentia, ae, f, A., mildme88,
gentleme8s, humanity ; Eng.,
clemency.
coelum, i, m, O (149), heavem,
vault, Camopy.
Cöelës, -itis, one-eyed, Horatius
Cocle§.
eoepi, -isse, def. (111, b), begin,
begam.
Coe
Con
VOCABULAIRY.
coetus, üs (or eoitus, from eoeo),
'm, U, meetimg, compctmy.
cognitus, a, um, part. from cog-
nosco, kmonUm.
cognosco, ere, -möv-, -nit-, palat.
tr., ledtrm, become acquainted
with, know ; from com -+-
gnoseo (107, d).
cögo, êre, coëg-, eoact-, palat.
tr., drive together, urge, force,
constraim ; from eom -+- ägo.
collacrimo, äre, -lacrimäv-, -lac-
rimät-, A, intr., weep with,
weep much.
collöco, áre, -locàv-, -locät-, A,
tr., put in a place, place, 8et
vp, Station (eom -+- loeo).
collöquium, i, m, O, interview,
conference, colloquy (183).
collum, i, m, O, meck.
cölor, -öris, in, liq. (135), color,
compleaciom ; old form, colös.
cömës, -itis, m and f, Ome going
^vith, (eom -+- eo), compamion,
attendant, a880ciate.
cömînus, adv., hand to hamd,
closely; from eom -+- manus.
cömitium, i, m, O, place Qf meet-
ing (eom -+- eo), the Comnitium.
commeâtus, üs, m, U, a going to
amd fro (eom -+- meo), tran8-
portatiom, supplies.
commîgro, äre, -migräv-, -mi-
grät-, A, intr., move with all
ome's effects, migrate.
committo, êre, -mis-, -miss-,
ling. tr., combine, joim, engage,
άntrust to, commit, trust.
commótus, a, um, part. of com-
möveo, agitated, rou8ed, ex-
cited.
commüito, àre, -rmutäv-, -mutât;-,
A, tr., change entirely (com),
change for, eacchange ; Eng.,
commute.
compello, êre, -pül-, -puls-, liq.
tr., drive togelher, drive, force,
compel ; from eom -+- pello.
complector, i, complexus sum,
ling. dep. tr., cla8p about,
embrace.
complüres, a or ia (157), adj.
plur., Several together, very
7na7^?/.
compösitus, a, um, part. of eom-
pöno, put to rest, quieted,
put in Order ; Eng., com-
posed.
compréhensus, a, um, part. of
comprehendo, Seized, ar-
1'ested.
concilio, àre, conciliäv-, con-
ciliât-, A., tr., make inclined,
procure favor Qf, gaim over,
vim, conciliate.
concîto, àre, -citäv-, -cität;-, A,
tr. intens., stir up, rouse
violently, eæcite ; from con-
cieo.
concurro, ëre, -curr-, -curs-,
liq. intr., rum or rush to-
gether, rum along with, ru8],
fornward.
eonditio, -ömis, f, liq. (135),
a, making, laav, ferms, propo-
sitiom ; Eng., condition.
conficio, êre, -féc-, -fect-, semi-
COns. tr. (92), brimg about,
COmplete, weakem, OverCome.
eonfido, ëre, confisus sum, ling.
semi-dep. intr., tru8t fully,
be confident.
confisus, a, um, part. of confido,
COnfident, relying wpom.
congéro, ère, -gess-, -gest-, liq.
tr., brimg together, gather;
from eom -+- gero (101, c).
congressus, üs, m, N, meetimg
together, interview, converse ;
Eng., ccngress.
congruo, êre, -gru-, —, U,
intr., rwn, with, agree with.
conjector, -öris, m, liq., Ome who
cast8 together, an interpreter,
divimer ; from eonjicio.
conjicio, êre, -jée-, -ject-, palat.
tr., throw together, cast wpOn,
hurl, throw.
conjux, -jügis, m and f, palat.
(133), 8p0wse, wife, husband ;
from com -+- jungo (root
jüg).
1
0
Com
CrUI
VOCABULAIRY.
conscendo, ére, -scend-, -scens-,
ling. tr. and intr., mount,
a$cend, climb ; from eorm -+-
scando (200, e, 2).
consëcütus, a, um, part. of con-
sëquor, having purSued, Over-
taken, pursùing.
conséquor, i, consecütus Sum,
palat. dep. tr., follow up,
pur8ue, overtake.
conservo, äre, -serväv-, -servât-,
A, tr., keep th0rOughly (com),
hold good, preserve intact, Save;
Eng., conserve.
comsidéro, áre, consideräv-, con-
siderät-, A, tr., look αt closely,
think of attentively, consider.
consido, êre, -sèd-, -sess-, ling.
intr., 8it down, together, em-
camp; from com -+- sido
(201, b).
consilium, i, n, O, COn8ultatiom,
desigm, plam ; eonsilium ca-
përe, to form a design.
consölätio, -önis, f, liq. (135),
comfort, 8olace, consolation ;
from consolor (183).
conspectus, üs, m, U, look,
8ight, view ; from conspicio
(183).
conspicio, ére, -spex-, -spect-,
semi-cons. tr., behold atten-
tively, get sight Qf, See, de$cry;
from com -+- spëcio.
constituo, ëre, -stitu-, -stitüt-,
U, tr., 8et vp, statiom, appoint,
determine, decide.
consuesco, ére, consuév-, con-
suët-, palat. intr. incep., be
accu8tomed.
consuétúdo, -dinis, f, liq., cu8-
tom, habit, usage ; from con-
suesco (187).
consülätus, üs, m, U, COnsulship ;
from consul (184).
eornsülo, ère, consulu-, consult-,
liq. tr. and intr., consider,
take cou^sel, comsult for.
com süirmo, ëre, -sumps-, -sumpt-,
liq. tr., take wholly, devour,
destroy.
contendo, êre, -tend-, -tent-,
ling. tr. and intr., stretch, Or
stra in forcibly (com), Strive
together, contend.
contentio, -önis, f, liq. (135),
strìvìng together, strife, quar-
'rel ; from contendo.
comtîneo, êre, -timu-, -tent-, E,
tr., hold together, restraim,
repre88, hold ; Eng., contain.
continuo, adv. of time, uninter-
ruptedly, forthwith, immedi-
ately, without amy delay.
continuus, a, um, adj., holding
together, successive.
conträrius, a, um, adj., 0pp08ite
im, directiom, opp08ed, con-
trary ; from contra.
comvërnio, ire, -vëm-, -verht-, I,
intr. and tr., come together,
meet (104, c).
eonverto, êre, -vert-, -vers-, ling.
tr., turm, arOumd, wheel.
convivium, i, n, O, a livingtogether
(com -+- vivo), fea8t, banquet ;
Eng., convivial.
convöeo, àre, -voeäv-, -vocät-,
A, tr., call together, assemble.
cöpia, ae, f, A, plenty, abundamce ;
plur. copiae, forces, trO0p8
(147).
Cornëlia, ae, f, A, Cornelia, wife.
of Cæsar; Cornelius, a, um
(152, b).
cornü, üs, m, U (143), horm, wing
of an army.
corpus, -öris, n, spir. (136), body.
crébrö, adv. of manner, close,
one after amother (eréber),
closely, frequently, manytimes.
crédo, êre, credid-, credit-, ling.
intr., put faith to, believe,
suppo8e ; Eng., credit.
creo, áre, creäv-, creät-, A., tr.,
brimg forth, make, create, elect,
ch008e, appoint.
crüciätus, üs, m, U, torture, tor-
memt, agony ; from crucio
(crux), cruCify.
crüdëlis, é, adj., I (157), wrath-
ful, hard-hearted, fierce, cruel.
1
Cul
I)es
VOCABULARY.
culmus, i, m, O, stalk, 8tem.
cultúra, ae, f, A., working, care Qf,
cultivatimg, culture; from colo
(cultus, 183).
cum, prep. with abl., with,
along with, a mong ; with
abl. Of pron., an enclitic
(334, d); Orig. form, com
(201).
cüpio, êre, cupiv-, cupit-, semi-
cons. tr. (105, d), lomg for,
desire, covet.
cüra, ae, f, A, trouble, 8olicitude,
attentior, care, guardianship ;
from quaero, 8eek for ear-
'mestly.
Cüres, -ium, m and f, I, Cures, a
tOWn of the Sabines.
currus, üs, m, U, that which, rums,
chariot, car ; from curro ;
cf. cursus (183).
cursus, üs, m, U, running, course,
speed (183).
cürülis, é, adj., I (157), pertaining
to a chariot (currus) ; curulis
sella, official chaîr.
J)
dë, prep. with abl., from, dovr.
- from, Qf (179, R. 3).
déa, ae, f, A, goddeS8 (124, R. 1);
cf. deus.
dëcëm, indecl. num. adj., tem.
décerto, áre, -eertàv-,-certät-, A,
tr. and intr., fight earmestly,
fight, emgage.
décido, êre, decîd-, —, ling.
intr., fall down from, fall Qff;
from de -+- cädo (108).
décimus, a, um, adj. Ordinal,
temth.
décläro, äre, -claräv-, -clarät-,
A, tr., make clear or plaim,
(clärus), show, announce;
Eng., declare.
dédîtio, -ömis, f, liq. (135), 8ur-
remder, capitulatiom ; from
dëdo (183).
dédîtîtîus (-cius), i, m, O, one
w:ho has surrendered ; from
dédo.
dëdo, ëre, dédîd-, dédit-, ling.
tr., give vp, surrender ; cf.
do (108).
dëdüco, êre, -dux-, -duet-, palat.
tr., lead dowm, draw dowm,
deduce ; Eng., deduction.
défendo, ëre, -fend-,- fens-, ling.
tr., beat down, ward qf, de-
fend.
déféro, -ferre, détüli, délätum,
irreg. (109, IV), bear dowm
from, carry dowm, report.
déinceps, adj. and adv. (gen.
deincipis), One after amother,
in succe$sion, successively ; fr.
deinde -+- cäpio.
déinde, dem. adv. of place and
time, fro; m here, after this,
'nert, them ; from de -|- indë.
dëläbor, i, delapsus sum, lab.
dep. intr., fall or glide down.
déligo, áre, -ligäv-, -ligät-, A., tr.,
bimd, tie fa8t, tie.
déligo, êre, -lég-, -lect-, palat.
tr., ch008e from, 8elect, pick
Out, ch0O8e.
démîgro, äre, -migräv-, -migrät-,
A, move down from (de), re-
???0?'€.
démitto, êre, -mis-, -miss-, ling.
tr., let dowm, 8end from (99,
IV).
dëmüm, adv. of time, at length,
at last. *
dënëgo, àre, -rhegäv-, -negät-, A,
tr., réfu$æ, reject a request,
deny emphatically ; cf. négo.
dépóno, ère, -pösu-, -posît-, spir.
tr., lay do^Um, lay a8ide ; Eng.,
deponent.
déprécor, äri, deprecátus sum,
A, dep. tr., intercede for the
pardon of any one, avert ;
Eng., deprecate.
dépréhendo, êre, -prehend-,
-prehens-, ling. tr., 8natch,
from, detect, discerm.
déscendo, ëre, -scend-, -scens-,
ling. intr,, climb down from,
go dowm, de8cend ; fr. scando
*•.
(200, e, 2).
122
IDes
IDum
NOCABULARY.
déscribo, ére, -scrips-, -script;-,
lab. tr., mark Qff, distribute,
appoint.
désilio, ire, -silü-, -sult-, I,
intr., lectp do^Um from, leap
dowm.
désisto, êre, -stit-, —, ling.
intr., stand Qff, cea8e, desìst.
déspölio, äre, -spoliäv-, -spoliát-,
A, tr., 'ob completely, Strip ;
Eng., despoil.
dësum, deesse, défüi, irreg. (109,
I), be wamting, lack, want.
désüper, adv., from above.
déterreo, êre, -terru-, -territ-, H;,
tr., frightem Qff or from, hin-
der, deter.
déträho, êre, -trax-, -tract-, palat.
tr., draw from, pull Qff, take
down from (106, c, 2).
détrüdo, êre, -trüs-, -trüs-, ling.
tr., thrust from Or down,
drive αway, push Off* (101, a).
déus, i, m, O, god (128).
dévöro, äre, -voräv-, -vorât;-,
A, tr., Swallow dowm, eat
greedily, devour.
dexter, -téra, and -tra, -têrum
and -trum, adj., On the right,
right.
dextëra, ae, f, A, right hamd ;
from dexter, -téra, -terum ;
SC. mänus.
dico, êre, dix-, dict-, palat. tr.,
Say, speak, name, call ; root
die, show forth, (106, c, 2).
dictätor, -öris, m, liq. (135), dic-
tator, chief ?nagistrate ; from
dicto (183).
diés, diéi, in and f, E, day ;
Eng., diet, Cùm a88embly ;
primarily, a, day'8 journey.
digitus, i, m, O, pointer, finger;
root, die ; cf. dico ; Eng.,
digit. &
diligenter, adv. of manner, at-
temtively, carefully ; from di-
ligens (199, c).
diligo, êre, -lex-, -lect-, palat.
tr., choose from others, value
highly, esteem, love (107, d).
dimíco, áre, dimicäv-, dimicät-,
A, intr., brandish to and fro,
as with Weapons, fight, 8trug-
gle. •
dimitto, êre, dimis-, dimiss-, ling.
tr., 8emd apart, Semd a^Uay,
dismiss; from dis + mitto
(201, b).
discëdo, êre, -cess-, -cess-, ling.
intr., go apart (dis), leave,
retire, deport.
dispensätor, -öris, m. liq. (135),
'mam ager, steward ; from dis-
penso, weigh Out.
distribuo, ère, -tribu-, -tribüt-,
U, tr., give among Several,
divide, distribute.
(ditio), -önis, f, liq. (135), 8way,
authority (153).
diù, old abl. of dies (153), by
day ; diu moctuque, day amd.
'night.
divinus, a, um, adj., Qf the gods,
divine; from divus (deus).
divitiae, -árum, f, A. (153), riches,
wealth ; from dives, -itfs
(187).
do, däre, dédi, dätum, A, tr.,
give, place, allow (103, a);
Eng., date, dative, etc.
dölör, -öris, m, liq. (135), pain,
ache, grief, distress ; from
döleo (183).
döminor, äri, dorminätus sum,
A, dep. intr., be lord, bear
sway, hold dominiom ; from
döminus (194, a).
döminus, i, m, O, master qf a
hou8e (domus), lord, ruler.
dömus, üs, f (143, R. 8), hou8e,
home.
dönätus, a, um, part. of döno
(dönum), presented, honored
Avith.
dormio, ire, dormiv-, dormit-, I,
intr., sleep, rest ; Eng., dor-
mant, dormitory, etc.
düco, êre, dux-, duct-, palat. tr.,
lead, command.
düm, temp. conj., while yet, (t8
long a8, if so be that, wmtil.
1
3
I)up
1Ex
VOCABULARY.
dúplex, -plicis, multipl. adj.
(167), declen. (158), iwo-
fold.
düo, ae, o, num. adj. (168, R. 2),
tvo; Eng., dual.
duödécim, num. adj. indeel.,
twelve (duo -+- deeem, 168).
dürus, a, um, adj., hard, difficult,
adver8e, perilous.
dux, -ücis, mn and f, palat. (133),
le(tder, guide, general ; cf.
düco (98, f). -
}E
eccë, for cë-cë, redup. emph.
form of cë, dem. particle,
behold! see ! lo ! it points to
am object emphatically.
êdieo, êre, -dix-, -dict-, palat.
tr. and intr., declare publicly,
speak out (ex), order, appoint,
decree.
êdo, êre, -did-, -dit-, ling. tr.,
give forth (ex), bring forth,
give birth to.
ëdoctus, a, um, part. of édöceo,
taught thoroughly, instructed.
ëdüco, áre, educäv-, educät-, A.,
tr., brimg up, rear, train ;
Eng., educate.
efficio, êre, -féc-, -feet-, semi-
cons. tr., 7nake Out, bring to
pass, accomplish, effect ; with
subj. (297, 1).
effódio, êre, -föd-, -foss-, semi-
cons. tr., dig out, dig up ;
from ex -+- fodio (104, d).
effúsus, a, um, part. of effundo
(ex -+- fundo), poured out,
overflowed.
Egëria, ae, f, A, Egeria, a nymph
of Camena, instructress of
Numa.
-āgo, mei, subs. pron. I; plur.
nös, we (172).
égrégius, a, um, adj., one out of a
flock (ex -+- grex), eaccellent,
eminent, e:ctraordinary, dis-
tinguished.
ëläbor, i, élapsus sum, lab. dep.
intr., glide away, e8cape.
èmergo, êre, -raers-, -mers-, pal.
tr. and imtr., bring forth,
come wp out, Cyrise, emerge
(101, b, R.).
ëmo, êre, ém-, empt-, liq. tr., to
buy, acquire (104, d).
ëm ! interj., lo ! see ! see there !
ênaseor, i, erätus sum, palat.
dep. intr., is8ue forth, 8prout
£ti, be borm ; root ma (107,
C
énim, causal, conj., for (330, d).
ëö, dem. adv. of place (176), to
that place, thither.
ëquës, -itis, m, ling. (134), the
hor8e-goimg one (èquus +
eo), hor8emam, rider, troOper,
knight.
êquester, -tris, -trë, adj., I
(156), belonging to a horse-
'mam (équës), equestriam, cav-
alry.
équitätus, üs, m, U, a riding,
cavalry.
êquus, i, m, O, horse.
ergâ, prep. with acc., towardè
ërúdio, ire, erudiv-, erudit,-, I,
tr., tring Out Qf rudeme8s, cul-
tivate, teach ; from ex -+- rudis.
(194) ; Eng., erudite.
èrumpo, êre, -rüp-, -rupt-, lab
tr. and intr., cause to break:
forth, botrst forth, break oua
(98, 99, II); root rüp.
esea, ae, f, A, food ; * from ëdo,
edca = esca.
ët, cop. conj., amd ; adv., also,
evem ; et - - - et, both, --- and ;
cf. ae, atque, -que (330, a).
ëtiam, cop. conj., a)d also (et --
jam), and, even, also.
Etruscus, a, um, adj., Qf Etruridt,
IEtruscam ; subst., Etruscans.
ëvädo, êre, evás-, evás-, ling.
tr. and intr., go forth, frOm,
get away, leave behimd, escape;
Eng., evade.
ëx, é, prep. with abl., Out Qf, from,
Qf, after, in accordance with ;
cf. ab andl de (179, R. 3.).
124
IExG
IFam
VOCABUILARY.
êxcìpio, êre, -cép-, -cept-, semi-
cons. tr., take up, intercept,
check, sustaim ; Eng., except.
excito, áre, citäv-, -cität-, A, tr.
intens., call forth, rou8e up,
awakem, stimulate, excite ; fr.
excio (196, R.).
exclämo, àre, -clarmäv-, -clamât-,
A, intr., cry Out, call aloud ;
tr., io Say aloud, eacclaim.
excüsätio, -önis, f, liq. (135),
€CllS6.
excussus, a, um, part. of excütio
(ex -+- quätio), Shaker, Out,
wmfolded.
exeo, ire, -iv-, -it-, irreg. intr.,
go Out or forth ; from ex -+-
eo (109, II).
exerceo, êre, -ercu-, -ercit-, E,
tr., drive out, employ, traim,
drill, eacercise.
exercitätio, -önis, f, liq. (135),
praclice, training, discipline;
from exercito (exerceo) ;
Eng., exercise.
exercitus, üs, m, U, army, trained
army ; cf. acies, manus, and
agrm em.
exilis, ô, adj., I (157), thin, slen-
der ; Opp. tO plémus, well-
filled ; from exigilis (ex -+-
ago, 188).
existimo, äre, existimàv-, existi-
mät-, A, tr., judge, supp08e,
think ; Eng., esteem.
exitium, i, m, O, a going Out (ex
—H eo), going to maught, ruin,
de$tructiom, Overthrow.
expëdio, Ire, -pediv-, -pedit-, I,
8et the foot free, extrîcate, lib-
erate, deliver ; Eng., expedite.
expéditus, a, um, part. of ex-
pedio, wmincumbered, light-
armed.
expergiscor, i, experrectus, dep.
intr., be awakened, become
ατυαke, awake ; incep. from
expergo (195).
expérior, iri, expertus sum, I,
dep. tr., make trial Qf, prove,
te$t; Eng., experience.
experrectus, a, um, part. of ex-
pergiscor, αναkemed, arouSed.
expertus, a, um, part. of expérior,
iried, tested.
explöro, àre, -ploräv-, -plorät-,
A, tr., Search Out, eacamine,
investigate.
expösitio, -önis, f, liq. (135),
laying. Qut, exposure; Eng.,
exposition.
expugnätus, a, um, part. of ex-
pugno, taken by Storm, Over-
CO???.€.
exquisitus, a, um, part. of ex-
quiro, 8ought Out, carefully
cho8em, choice ; Eng., ex-
quisite.
extinctus (exst), a, um, part. of
extinguo, amd adj., put out,
cut Qff, destroyed ; morbo,
cut off* by disease.
exträho, êre, -trax-, -tract-, palat.
tr., draw out Qf, drag forth,
from, take Out (106, c, 2);
Eng., extract.
extrémus, a, um, adj., superl.
of exter or exträ (164, b),
outermost, farthest, eactreme.
] F
E'äbius, i, m, O, Fabius, name
of a Roman gens—Quintus
JFabius Maacimus Cumctator.
fabricätus, a, um, part. of fab-
rieor (fabrica, fäber, fäcio),
framed, constructed, fabri-
cated.
fäbüla, ae, f, A, narrative, Story,
fictitious tale, fable ; from
färi, speak ; cf. régula, from
regO.
fácio, êre, fée-, fact-, semi-cons.
(92), tr., Mnake, do ; facëre
verba, Speak.
factum, i, n, O, deed, exploit,
αchievement.
fämes, is, f, I (137, d, 4), hunger,
famine (153).
fämilia, ae, f, A, household, family,
including servants; pater
familias (151, b).
125
IFas
IFur?
VOCAIBULAIRY.
fas, indecl., m, (153), right, divine
vill.
fastus, a, um, adj., allowed to Speak
(fari) Or promounce judgment,
colUrt day, bu8ine88 day.
fäteor, éri, fassus sum, E, tr.,
COnfess, owm, Ctcknowledge.
fauces, -ium, f, I (153), throat,
pharymae.
E'austülus, i, ^n, O, Faustulus,
a shepherd who brought
up Romulus and Remus.
fäveo, êre, fäv-, faut-, E, intr.,
be well disp08ed, befriemd,
protect, favor (104, b).
febris, is, f, I (153), fever.
fëra, ae, f, A, wild beast ; also
m, ferus, i, mobile (118,
III, R. 1), from ferus, a,
um, wild.
féré, adv., withim a, little, mearly,
almost, ίη general terms,
about.
féro, ferre, tüli, lätum, irreg.
tr. (109, IV), bear, bring,
carry, support, bring forth,
produce.
férus, a, um, adj., wild.
festino, äre, festinàv-, festinät-,
A, tr. and intr., ha8tem,
make haSte with.
fidenter, adv., confidently, boldly ;
from fidens (fido).
fides, ëi, f, E, faith, word Qf
honor, credit ; fidem dare,
pledge.
filia, ae, f, A, daughter (124,
R. 1).
filius, i, m, O, 80^ ; Eng., filial.
filum, i, m, O, thread, filament.
finio, ire, finiv-, finit-, I, tr.,
pwt am emd to, finish.
fio, fiëri, factus sum, irreg. (109,
V), as pass. offäcio, be dome,
happem, come to pa88.
firmus, a, um, adj., Strong, 8olid,
stable, lasting, 8teadfa8t; Eng.,
firm.
flämen, -inis, m, liq. (135),
prie$t of some particular
deity ; from filamem.
IFläminius, i, mn, O, Flaminius,
name of a Roman gens—
C. Flaminius Nepos, de-
feated by Hannibal; cf. fla-
IY\e1 l.
fleo, êre, flév-, flét- (105, b), E,
intr., 8hed tears, weep, cry.
flümem, -inis, m, liq. (135), that
which flows, a river; from
fluo (183).
foedérâtus, a, um, adj., leagued
together, ìm alliance with,
allied, confederate ; Eng., fed-
erate.
fons, -tis, m, ling. (153), fount,
fowmtaim.
forma, ae, f, A, 8hape, figure,
Ueauty, 80rt, conditiom, nature;
Eng., form.
fortë, adv. (abl. of fors), by
chamce.
fortis, e, adj., I (157), courageOus,
stout-hearted, brave.
fortüna, ae, f, A, chamce, luck,
fortune ; from fors (forte) ;
proper name, GoddeS8 Qf
I'ortume.
fossa, ae, f, A, ditch ; from födio.
fóvea, ae, f, A, a place dug, 8mall
pit; from födio.
frango, ère, frég-, fract-, palat.
tr., break, break in piece8
(104, d); Eng., fraction.
fräter, fratris, m, liq. (135),
brother ; Eng., fraternal.
früges,-um, plur., f, palat. (153),
fruits qf the earth.
frümentum, i, m, O, corm, graim.
früstrâ, adv., with deceit (fraudo),
in error, without effect, in vain;
Eng., frustrate.
fügio, êre, füg-, fügit-, semi-cons.
(92), intr., flee, rum away,
e8cape from ; Eng., fugitive.
fungor, i, functus sum, palat.
dep. tr. and intr.. busy ome's
self with, perform, discharge ;
with abl. (258, a).
füror, äri, furätus sum, A, dep.
tr., 8teal, filch ; from fur, thief.
furtum, i, m, O, théft.

126
Gal
Imb
VOCAIBULARY.
G
Gallia, ae, f, A, Gaul ; Tran8-
culpâme Gaul, Gallia, ultërior,
was nearly thesame country
as the modern France, but
Vas bounded On the east
by the Alps and the Rhine.
géminus, a, um, adj., twim-b0rm,
double, pϔred.
générâtim, adv., mation by nation
(199, f), by cla88e8 or tribes.
génitus, a, um, part. of gigno
(107, d), born, de$cended ;
with abl. (255).
génus, -êris, m, spir. (136), birth,
'race, limeage, cla88, kind, 80rt;
Eng., generic.
Germänia, ae, f, A, Germany,
which was bounded by the
German Ocean, the Baltic
sea, the Vistula, Danube,
and Rhine rivers.
Germänus, a, um, adj., German ;
from Germänia, plur. Ger-
mämi, -örum, the Germans.
géro, ère, gess-, gest-, ling. tr.,
bear, carry, carry om, wage ;
se gerëre, deport one'8 8elf,
αCt.
gládius, i, m, O, 8word.
grätus, a, um, adj., grateful, feel-
img thankful.
grävis, ë, adj., I (157), heavy,
Severe, pairful.
grex, grégis, m, palat., flock, herd.
IHI
hábeo, êre, habu-, habit-, E,
tr., hold, have, po88e88, think,
regard, account ; root häb,
lay hold Qf, grasp ; Eng.,
have, habit, etc.
haedus, i, m, O, kid.
Hämilear, -äris, m, liq. (135),
Hamilcar, the father of
Hannibal.
Hannibal, -älis, m, liq. (135),
Hannibal, a Punic cogno-
Im eIì.
Earüdes, -um, m, ling. (134), the
Harvtdes, a German tribe.
haud, adv., mot (328, c, 1).
Hërus, i, m, O, master Qf Slaves Or
Qf a h0u8e.
hic, haec, hoe, dem. pron. this
(he, she, it, 173, b, 1, 281).
hömo, -inis, m and f, liq.
(135), mar, or wOman, human
being, per8on ; from hümus,
ground.
Hörätius, i, m, O, Horatius CoCle8.
Horreum, i, m, O, 8t0reh0u8e,
gramary.
hostilis, ô, adj., I (157), belonging
to an enemy, hostile, unfriendly
(189).
hostis, is, m and f, I (137,
a, 4), 8tranger, gue$t, foreigner,
hence ememy.
hüe, dem. adv. of place, hither.
H
ibi, dem. adv. of place, there ;
loc. form of is ; cf. ubi.
idem, éadem, idem, emph. dem.
pron., 8a me (173, b, 3, 285).
idönëus, a, um, adj., fit, proper,
suitable.
igitur, infer. conj. (330, e), ac-
cordingly, therefore.
ignis, is, m, I (137, a, 4), fire
(153).
ignöro, äre, -noräv-, -norät-, A ,
tr., 'not to know, be ignorant
Qf; from in -+- gmoseo.
ignötus, a, um, adj., unknowm,
stramge, distamt.
illätus, a, um, part. of inféro
(109, IV. R.), having beem,
brought upom, havimg beem,
givem.
illë, illa, illud, dem. pron. that
(he, she, it, 173, b, 1, 283).
illie, dem. adv. of place (176),
there, yonder.
illüe, dem. adv. of place, thither.
illücesco, ére, illux-, , incep.
intr., begim, to shime, grow
light ; from im -+- luceo.
imbuo, ëre, -bu-, -büt-, U, tr.,
fill, Saturate, inspire, deeply
impre88 ; Eng., imbue.
7
Imp
Ins
VOCABULARY.
impërium, i, m, O, cOmmam d,
pQwer, 8way, sovereignty, em-
pύre.
impéro, äre, -peräv-, -perät-, A,
tr. and intr., put a command
wpom One, Order, demand ;
with dat. and acc. (240, 241).
impétro, äre, -peträv-, -petrât;-,
A, tr., Urimg about, obtaim,
get by a8king, effect; from
im -+- pâtro.
impëtus, üs, m, U, Om8et, attack ;
from impëto (183).
impleo, êre, -plév-, -plét-, E, tr.,
fill full, fill, make full ; from
in -+- pleo (201, b).
implöro, äre, -ploràv-, -plorät-,
A, tr., be8eech, fimplore, im-
voke.
impóno, ëre, -pösu-, -pösit-, liq.
tr., put into, la y upom.
imprimis, adv., from in -+- pri-
nmus, amomg the first, espe-
(ially, particularly.
impröbe, adv. of manner, be-
Qyond measure, immoderately,
badly, wickedly.
prep. with acc. and abl. ;
with acc., into, to, toward,
against ; with abl., im, withim,
amomg, Om (179, R. 3).
inceptus, a, um, part. of incipio
(im -i- cäpio), wmderlakem,
commemced.
incîdo, êre, -cid-, -eäs-, ling.
intr., fall upom, fall ίη with,
meet; with in and acc., or
with dat. (242).
inclino, äre, -clinäv-, -clinât-, A.,
tr. and intr., bemd or turn in
any direction, incline.
inclytus, a, um (imelütus, 165, (t),
adj., mwch heard, qf, famOu8,
&-*
llls
ἀllustrious.
incölo, êre, -colu-, ——, liq. tr.
and intr., dwell ìm, live, im-
habit.
incölümis, é, adj. (157), unlvwrt,
wmimpaired, safe.
incrëpo, äre, -crepäv- Or -crepu-,
-erepät- or -crepit- (107, a),
A., tr. and intr., make a moise,
e.vclaim again8t, blame, up-
braid.
index, -icis, m and f, palat.
(133), pointer, discoverer, in-
former, indeac ; root die.
indico, àre, -dicäv-, -dicät;-, A,
tr., poimt Qut, make knowm,
declare ; Eng., indicative.
inductus, a, um, part. of indüco,
led into, introduced, prevailed
^ιρOm, per$uaded, induced.
induo, ëre, -du-, -düt-, U, tr.,
put into, put ome's Self imto,
as of clothing, pul om, (219).
industrius, a, um, adj., active,
diligent, indu$trious.
indütus, a, um, perf. part., clad,
having put om ; from induo,
put into or Om.
infans, -tis, adj., that cam mot
8peak, mute ; hence, subst.,
little child, infant ; from in
—i- fari.
infesto, äre, -festäv-, -festät-, A ,
tr., attack, trouble, ammoy,
infe$t; from infestus (194).
infestus, a, um, adj., troublesome,
hostile, destructive.
ingens, -entis, adj. (158), One
mot qf its kind (gens), huge,
φαSt.
ingrävesco, êre, palat. incep.,
grow heavy, grOw worse ; from
in -+- gravis (195).
inimicus, a, um, adj., urfriendly,
hostile ; subst., m, private
ememy, foe.
injúria, ae, f, A, wrOmff, injury ;
abstract from injurius (in
-|- jus, 187).
inöpia, ae, f, A, weakme88, QUant,
lack, 8carcity ; from in -+- ops
(187).
inquam, def., I 8ay (111, c, 2).
inséro, ère, -seru-, -sert-, liq. tr.,
put into, introduce, ìmsert ;
with dat., pwt wpom.
insidior, äri, insidiatus sum, A,
dep. intr., lie in, wait for,
watch for ; with dat. by (242).
128
Ins
JaG
VOCABUILARY.
insignis, e, adj., I (157), having
a mark (signum) wpon it,
marked, distinguished ; Eng.,
lnS1gn1a.
instituo, ère, -stitu-, -stitúit-, U,
tr., 8et or place, foVmd, estab-
lish, inslruct ; from in -+-
statuo ; Eng., institute.
institútum, i, m, O, cu8tom, mode
of life, practices, institutioms.
instruetus, a, um, part. Ofinstruo
(107, d), drawn, wp in lime,
arranged, traimed.
insum, -esse, -fui, irreg. (109, I),
be im, be contained im.
insúper, adv. of place, above,
over amd above, moreover, be-
sides.
insüsurro, äre, -susurräv-, -su-
surrät-, A, tr., whisper into
the ear, whisper ; from in
' -+- susurro, an OnomatO-
poetic word (371, h).
intelligo, êre, -lex-, -lect-, palat.
tr., choose between, perceive,
understamd, comprehend ; E.,
intelligence. *
inter (in -+- adv. ending ter),
prep. with acc., among, be-
tween, during; inter se, mu-
tually ; inter nos, confiden-
tially.
imterclüdo, ëre, -cliid-, -clüs-,
ling. tr., shut betweem, cut
Qff*; from inter + claudo
(200, e, 6).
intéreà, adv., mea ntime, mean-
while.
interficio, êre, -féc-, -feet-, semi-
cons. tr., kill, destroy, put
between ; from fácio (200,
e, 1). -
intérim (inter -+- im, is), adv.
of time, meamwhile, pending
this Or that.
interprëtor, âri, interpretätus
sum, A, dep. tr., act a8
interpreter (interpres).
interrögo, äre, -rogäv-, -rogät-,
A, tr., questiom, ínquire,
a8k.
interrumpo, ëre, -rüip-, -rupti-,
lab. tr., break Qff betweem,
(inter), destroy ; Eng., in-
terrupt.
intervallum, i, m, O, space betweem,
the vallum amd the Soldiers'
tents, distamce, interval.
intrödüico, ëre, -dux-, -duct-,
palat. tr., lead in, comduct
withim, introduce ; from in-
trö —H duco.
inüsitätus, a, um, adj., unusual,
extraordinary.
invädo, êre, -väs-, -väs-, ling.,
intr., come into, fall upon,
Seize, attack.
invënio, ire, -vën-, -vent-, I, tr.,
come VpOm, fimd, di8C0ver, ìm-
vent (104, c).
invisus, a, um, part. from in-
video, hated, hateful ; but,
adj., un8eem.
ipse, a, um, emph. dem. pron.
(173, b, 3), Self.
irascor, i, irätus sum, palat. dep.
intr., grow angry, be angry,
be in a rage; from ira, incep.
(195).
irätus, a, um, part. of irascor,
amgry, enraged.
irrideo, êre, -ris-, -ris-, E, intr.,
laugh, ίη derisiom, mock.
is, éa, id, indir. dem. pron., that
(he, she, it, 173, b, 2, 284).
iste, ista, istud, dem. pron., that
Qf yours (173, b, 1, 282).
ita, dem. adv. of manner, thus,
in this way, 80 ; from is.
Itälia, ae, f, A, Italy.
itäque, infer. conj. (330, e), ac-
cordimgly, therefore.
iter, itinëris, η, liq. (138), way,
journey ; root i, of ire, go ;
iter fâcëre, travel, march.
J
jáceo, êre, jäeu-, jacit-, E, intr.,
lie prostrate, lie (108).
Jacóbus, i, m, O, Jacob.
jactus, a, um, part. of jäeio,
throwm, hurled.
129
Jam
I,in
VOCABUI, ARY.
jäm (iam, from is), dem. adv.,
mo^v, already, at the time,
€?}€??,.
Jänicülum, i, m, O, Janiculum,
one of the seven hills of
Eome, on which Janus is
said to have built a tower.
Jänus, i, m, O, Janus, 8um-gOd.
Josêphus, i, m, O, Jo8eph.
jüba, ae, f, A, flowing hair On the
^eck qf an animal, mane,
Cre$t.
jübeo, ére, juss-, juss-, E, tr.,
Order, bid, request, commamd ;
with dat. of " person (241),
with infim. and subj. (295, 1,
315, 3).
Jüdas, ae, m, A. (125), Judah.
jügum, i, n, O, yoke, ridge, height,
moumtaim-peak.
Jülius, i, m, O, Julius, name of
a Roman gens (152).
Jüppiter, Jövis, m (138, 153),
Jupiter, king of the gods.
jüiro, äre, juráv-, jurät-, A, tr.
and intr., bind one's self,
swear, take Oath, Swear by ;
from root ju ; cf. jungo,
jus, etc.
jüs, jüris, m, spir. (153), law,
right.
jusjürandum, i, m, O (151, b),
Oαth.
jüstitia, ae, f, A, uprightme88,
justice ; from justus (jus,
187).
JI,
läbor, -öris, m, liq. (135), taking
or getting, eæertior, toil, hard-
ship, labor.
läböro, äre, laboräv-, laborät-,
A, intr., toil, suffer, emdure
paim.
Lâcëdaemönii, -örum, m, O, the
Spartans.
lacrima, ae, f, A, tear.
läcus, üs, m, U (143, R. 3), lake,
hollow.
lambo, êre, lamb-, lambit-, lab.
tr., lick.
1
Q.
J»
lätëbra, ae, f, A, lurking-place,
concealmemt, retreat ; from
läteo, lie hid.
lätro, -önis, m, liq. (135), hireling,
'mercemary Soldier, freebooter,
highwaymam, robber.
laus, laudis, f, ling. (134), praise,
glory, renown; Eng., laud,
laudable, etc.
lautus, a, um, part. of lavo (104,
a), washed, elegamt, 8umptu-
Ou8, grand.
lëgätio, -önis, f, liq. (135), em-
bassy, commissior, deputatiom ;
from lêgo (183).
1ëgätus, i, m, O, commissiomer,
deputy, embassador, lieutem-
ant ; from lëgo, app0ìnt by
law.
légio, -ömis, f, liq. (135), a levying
(lëgo), a body oftrO0p8 levied,
legiom.
lëgiömärius, a, um, adj., belonging
to a legiom, legiomary, veteram,
(189).
lêgo, êre, lëg-, lect-, palat. tr.,
put together, gather, pick,
choOSe ; with the eye, read,
observe.
lënio, ire, leniv-, lenit-, I, tr.,
make sqft Or mild, a88uage,
moderate ; fr. lënis (194, a).
lex, lëgis, f, palat. (133, 153),
la^v.
liber, -ëra, -érum, adj., free, wm-
restraimed (155, 2).
libéro, äre, liberäv-, liberät-, A,
tr., 8et free, release ; from
liber, free (194, a).
libertus, i, m, O, freedmam, man-
vUmitted slave ; from libero.
ligo, äre, ligäv-, ligät-, A, tr.,
bind, tie ; Eng., ligament,
ligature, etc.
lineämentum, i, m, O, feature,
lineame'nt.
lingua, ae, f, A, longue, language;
from lingo, lick ; Eng., lin-
gual.
linter, -tris, f, I (137, a, ö, and
153), boat.
0
Iuit;
IMIe1
VOCABULAIRY.
litus, -öris, m, spir. (136), that
which is washed over (lino),
sea-shore, beach.
löcus, i, mn (plur. also m, 149),
O, place, locality.
longè, adv. of degree, far, far
off, at a, distance. -
löquor, i, locütus sum, palat.
dep. intr., talk, Speak, com-
^)€T*S€.
lötus, a, um, part. of lävo (104, a),
QUashed, balhed.
lücus, i, m, O, grove, a park con-
secrated to a deity.
lüdicer (or Iüdierus), -era,
-crum, adj., done in 8p0rt,
sportive ; from lüdus.
lüna, ae, f, A, moom ;
lunar.
lüo, ëre, lüi, luitum Or lütum, U,
tr., 8et free, relea8e, pay, pay
Off.
lüpa, ae, f, A, 8he-wolf.
Eng.,
M) I
mächinätio, -önis, f, liq. (135),
device (machinor), emgine.
mäcilentus, a, um, adj., very leam,
emaciated ; from mácies (ma-
ceo, macer).
maerens, -entis, part. of maereo,
ëre, def. (111, a, 2), mourn,
lamemt, mnourm, Over, bewαῖl.
maeror, -öris, m, liq. (135), mourn-
inff, 8adness, grief, 80rrow ;
from maereo (183).
mägis, adv. comp., in a higher
degree, more ; root mäg (mag-
mus).
mägister, -tri, m, O, one that
is great (magnus), ma$ter,
chief, director, instructor (127,
R. 2).
magnitúdo, -inis, f, liq. (135),
greatne88; from magnus, root
1Ylarg.
magnus, a, um, adj. (164, a),
large, great, loud, importamt.
mäjor, -jus, adj. comp. of magnus
(164, a), greater, elder.
mälum, i, m, O, evil, wickedne88.
<)
mandátum, i, m, O, charge,
order, commission ; from
mandátus (mando = manus
—+ do).
mäneo, êre, mans-, mans-, E,
intr., stay, tarry, abide, re-
^maim.
mänifestus, a, um, adj., pal-
pable, clear, plaim, evident,
■manifest.
mânîpülus, i, m, O, 8heaf; from
pleo and manus, handful ;
Eng., manipulate.
mansuétüdo, -imis, f, liq. (135),
tamene88 (mänus -+- suesco),
gentleme88, nnildme8s, clemency.
mänus, üs, f, U, hand, band,
armed force (143, R. 2).
Marcömanni, -örum, m, O, the
Marcomammi, a portion of
the Suevi.
Marcus, i, m, O, Marcu8, a Roman
praenomem ; Orig. meaning,
Ct heavy hammer.
Märii, -örum, plur. of Marius,
the Marii.
MIärius, i, m, O, Marius, name
Qf a Romam gens, the manly ;
C. Marius, conqueror of
Jugurtha, seven times con-
sul.
Mars, -tis, m, ling. (134), Mars,
god of war, of husbandry,
of shepherds, and of seers.
mäter, -tris, f, ling. (135), mother
(337, II, d).
maxime, adv. superl. of magis,
most, in the highest degree
(163, d).
maximus, a, um, sup. deg. of
magnus (164, a), greate8t,
very great, important.
médîtor, äri, meditatus sum, A,
dep. tr., think upom, reflect,
have in, mimd, intend.
médius, a, um, adj., mid, in the
midst Qf, middle ; Eng., me-
diate.
mélius, adj. and adv. cOmp. of
bömus (164, a), and of bënë
(174, b), better.
IVIem
IMIut;
VOCABULAIRY.
mémini, -isse, defect. pret. (111,
b), remember, bear in mind ;
with acc. or gen. (235, N.);
rOot mën.
rmëmöro, äre, memoräv-, merm-
orät-, A, tr., call to mimd,
memtiom ; from mémor (194).
mens, mentis, f, ling. (134),
thinking faculty, mnind, intel-
lect, rea8Om.
mensis, is, m, I (137, à, 4), month
(153).
mercätor, -öris, m, liq. (135),
trader, merchant ; from mer-
cor (183), merx, mereo ;
orig. meaning, get by lot,
acquire α8 α, portìom.
méridies, ëi, m, E (145, It. 2),
7nidday, moom ; Eng., merid-
ian.
merito, adv. of manner, deserv-
edly, justly.
méritum, i, m, O, de8ert, worth,
Service ; fr. méritus (mereor).
mëtuo, êre, metu-, metüt-, U, tr.
and intr., fear, dread, await
vith, dread ; with (lat., fear
for.
mëtus, üs, m, U, fear, dread.
méus, a, um, pOSS. prOn., 1m}/,
mine (173, a).
milës, -itis, m and f, ling. (134),
thousa md-wälker (millia -+-
eo), Soldier.
millia, -ium, m, I, subst., thou-
8amds ; cf. mille (168, R. 5).
minimê, adv. superl. of parvë,
from parvus, least Qf all, by
7mo Mme(Ums, YvOf.
minimus, a, um, adj. superl. of
parvus (164, a), 8mallest, least,
Qyowngest (165, c).
minor, -us, adj. comp. of
parvus (164, a), le88, 8maller,
jOum{Jer.
minus, adj. and adv. neut. comp.
of parvus (164, a), le8S.
mitto, êre, mis-, miss-, ling. tr..
semd (90, IV).
mödus, i, m, O, mea8ttre, ^tay,
1melhod, mammer; IEng., mode.
moenia, -ium, m, I, plur. Only
(146, c, 4, 153), city walls,
fortifications.
mollio, ire, molliv-, mollit-, I, tr.,
8Qften, mitigate ; from mollis
(194).
mönitus, üs, in, U, advice, ad-
mOnitiom, divine warming
(183).
mons, -tis, m, I (137, a, 1, 153),
'movUmtaim.
möra, ae, f, A, delay, hinderamce.
rmorbus, i, m, O, sickness, disorder,
disease ; Eng., morbid. •
möribundus, a, um, adj., dying,
about to die, subject io death,
mortal ; from mörior (188).
mörior, mori (iri), mortuus sum,
semi-cons. dep. irreg. (107,
d), intr., die ; cf. mors, mor-
talis, etC.
mors, mortis, f, I (137, ct, 1),
death.
mortuus, a, um, part. and adj. of
mörior, dead.
mox, adv. oftime, 800m, presently.
mulcto, äre, mulctäv-, mulctät-,
A, tr., fime, pumish.
mülier, -ëris, f, liq. (135), womam,
female.
multâ, neut. plur. of multus, a,
um, used as a subst. (269),
manythings, many words, etc.,
much.
multitúdo, -dînis, f, liq., great
'mUmber, myltitude ; from mul-
tus (187).
münio, ire, mIunîv-, munit-, I,
tr., build a, wall about (moe-
nia), fortify, defend.
münitio, -önis, f, liq. (135), for-
tificatiom, 'he work Qf fortify-
ing ; from münio (183).
münus, -ëris, m, spir. (136), a
thing app0inted or measured,
Qffice, duty, po8t, 8ervice, favor,
present.
mürus, i, 7m, O, surrowUnding wall,
wall.
müito, àre, mutäv-, mutât;-, A.,
tr., chamge ; JEng., mutation.
«*»
32
I\TaG
INum.
VOCATBULARY.
N.
nactus, a, um, part. of nancis-
cor, foumd, met with, dis-
cOvered. •
näm, causal. conj., for (330, d).
in arro, àre, marräv-, narrät-, A,
tr., make known, tell ; Eng.,
narrate.
mätio, -önis, f, liq. (135), birth,
race, people, mation.
mätü, abl. sing. Only (153), in
respect to birth.
nävïeüla, ae, f, A, dim. fr. nävis
(185), a, 8mall ship, boat.
né, adv. and conj., not, that not,
le$t.
née, for néqué, cop. conj., and
^ot, mOr.
needum, adv. Of time, and mot
jet, mOr yet.
néeessäriö, adv.,
from mece$sity.
nécessitas, -ätis, f, ling., vnavoid-
ableness, necessity, wamt ; from
nëeesse (ne -|- eedo).
rneemë, conj., or ^Ot (328, b).
négo, àre, necäv- (or neeu-), ne-
cät-, A, tr., kill, 8lay, destroy,
put to death.
néfastus, a, um, adj., day on
which, judgment could mot be
pronoumced, motbusine8S days;
also impious, wicked, prQfame.
négo, äre, negäv-, negät-, A., tr.
amd intr., 8ay “mo,'' deny,
8ay that a, thing is mot.
Nëmötes, üm, m, ling., the Nem-
etes, a, tribe of Gaul, near
the modern Spire.
nëmo, -inis, m and f, liq., no one,
mo body ; from me -- hömo ;
gen. and abl. sing. usually
supplied by nullius and
nullö.
mëpös,-ötis, m, ling. (134), grand-
$on, de$cendant; Eng., nepot-
1SIYÌ.
néquäquam, adv., by no means,
?,??, ??.O ?U'?,S€.
néqué, cop. conj., and mot, nOr ;
cf. nee.
^Unavoidably,
13
Nervii, -örum, m, O, the Nervii,
a Warlike tribe of Belgic
Gaul.
nescio, -scire, -sciv-, -scit-, I, tr.,
know mot, be ignorant.
nihil, indecl., nothing (153).
nihilö, abl. of nihilum, by noth-
ἀmg ; nihilo minus, meverthe-
le88.
INilus, i, m, O, the Nile.
nimiö, adv., tOO much, greatly,
by far, eacceedingly ; also
nimie and nimium (nimius).
mîsi, condit. cOnj., ìf not, umle88.
nöbilis, é, adj., well-known, moted,
celebrated, noble.
noetü, abl. sing. adv. of nox
(153), by night.
nocturnus, a, um, adj., Qf the
'night, in the might, mightly,
mocturmal; from nox (189).
nölo, molle, nölui, irreg. (109,
VI), be umavilling, mot wish.
nömën, -inis, m, liq. (135), name;
from moseo (183), that which,
serves to know One by.
nöm, neg. adv., mot (175, c).
Nöricus, a, um, adj., Noricam.
noster, -tra, -trum, pOSS. prOn.
(173, a), our ; plur., nostri,
Our mem, nostra, Our pOS-
8e8sioms.
növem, indecl. num. adj. (168),
7?/??^€.
növus, a, um, adj., mew, late,
'recent (165, a).
nox, noetis, f, I (153), might.
raullus, a, um, 7^0 Ome, m0, n0me,
'not any ; from ne -|- ullus
(155, R. 1).
müm P interrog. adv., and expects
the answer mo (328).
Nüma, ae, m, A, Numa Pompiliu8,
successor of Romulus.
nüméro, äre, numeräv-, nume-
rät-, A, tr., cowmt, reckom ;
Eng., numerate.
mümérus, i, mn, O, númber.
Nümitor, -öris, m, liq., Numitor,
a king of Alba, and grand-
father of Romulus.
C»
e)
INum
IBa,r
VOCABULARY.
nummus, i (or nümus), m, O,
piece qf momey, coir, (375,
e).
nunc, temp. adv., mont, ju8t mow ;
InunC — — — mum C, 7l070 - - - 770?{).
nuncio, äre, muraciäv-, nunciät-,
carry word, report, inform,
αηηοτιnce ; from nuncius,
messenger (194).
�
öb, prep. with acc., toward, to,
before, at, om, account Qf, for ;
ob rem, to the purp08e; quam
ob rem, wherefore.
objectus, a, um, part. of objicio,
throwm, in the way, interp08ed,
lying in, the way.
obsécro, áre, -secräv-, -secrät-,
A, tr.. make an appeal for,
be8eech, pray. .
obsës, -idis, m and f, ling. (134),
One staying, h08tage, 8urety ;
from ob -+- sedeo. '
obstüpëfácio, êre, -féc-, -facti-,
semi-cons. tr., make mumb,
amaze, a$toumd.
occäsus, üs, m, U, fall, 8etting;
sölis occäsu, αt 8^Vm 8et.
occido, êre, -cId-, -cis-, ling. tr.,
strike down, kill, 8lay ; cf.
occido (102, a, b).
occisus, a, um, part. of oecido
(102, b), killed, cut down,
slaim.
occüpo, àre, -cupäv-, -cupät-, A ,
tr., 8eize, hold, Occupy.
öcülus, i, m, O, eye ; Eng., Ocu-
list.
ödium, i, n, O, hatred, hate, aver-
siom, disgust (183).
omnis, é, adj., I (157), all, every,
whole, as including all the
parts.
öpéra, ae, f, A, 8ervice, care, at-
temtiom. .%.
oppidum, i, 7), O, tO^U7^.
opprimo, êre, -press-, -press-,
liq. tr., pre88 again8t, pre88
dowm, burdem, weigh, dowm;
from ob -+- prëmo.
Oppugno, àre, -pugnäv-, -pug-
nät-, A, tr., fight against
(öb), assavlt, 8torm.
(ops), öpis, f, lab. (153), power,
aid, help.
optimätes, -ium. (or um), m and
f (153), aristocratic party.
optimus, a, um, adj. superl. of
bomus (164, a), best, noblest.
öpus, -ëris, 1), spir. (136), work,
fortification.
orbis, is, m, I (137, a, 4), circle,
orbit ; with or without terrae
or terrärum, the earth, world.
ornätus, a, um, part. of orno,
adorned, embellished, illustri-
Ous, homorable.
ormo, áre, ornäv-, ornät-, A, tr.,
adorn, decorate, equip, dress.
öro, àre, öräv-, örät-, A., tr., u8e
the mouth, speak, entreat, beg,
implore; from os, öris (194).
ortus, a, um, part. of örior (108),
having risem, Sprung up.
ös, öris, m, spir. (153), mouth.
oscülor, âri, osculatus sum, A.,
dep. tr., kiss.
ötium, i, n, O, íeisure, rest, quìet.
EP
päcätus, a, um, part. of päco
(pax), browght into a state qf
peace, subdued, at peace.
paenë, adv., mearly, almo8t.
pär, páris, adj., I, equal.
päriter, adv., equally ; from pär,
päris (199, c).
päro, áre, paräv-, parät-, A, tr.,
bring or pwt, 8et in readiness,
'make ready, prepare (108).
pars, partis, f, I, part, party
(153).
partus, üs, m, U, bringimg forth,
(pärio, 183), birth.
pärum, adv. of degree, toO little,
'not enough, mot (328, c, 2).
pärumper, temp. adv., for a little
while.
parvülus, a, um, dim. adj. from
parvus (185), verysmall, little;
parvülus, i, m, O, little boy.
1
4
IPas
IPer
VOCABULARY.
pasco, êre, päv-, past-, palat. tr.,
feed, ofthe shepherd ; pass.,
paseor, feed, graze, of the
flock (107, d).
passus, a, um, part. of pando,
stretched out, operæ, vrfolded,
eactended.
passus, üs, m, U, Step, pace, five
IRomam feet ; mille passus
(or passuum), a mile (376).
pastor, -öris, m, liq. (135), ome
who feeds, Shepherd ; from
paseo (183); Eng., pastor.
pätëfäcio, êre, -féc-, -fact- (pateo
—+ facio), tr., make opera, lay
opem (200, d, and 24, exc. 2).
päter, pätris, m, liq. (135), father,
S0,]*€.
pätior, i, passus sum, semi-cons.
tr., suffer, bear, permit ; Eng.,
passion.
paulö, adv. abl. of paulus, by a,
little, a litile ; abl. by (262).
paulum, neut. acc. of paulus,
adv., a little ^Uay, a 8hort
distance, Somewhat.
pax, päcis, f, palat. (133), peace.
pécünia, ae, f, A, property in,
cattle (pëcus), riches, mOmey ;
Eng., pecuniary.
pëcus, -öris, m, spir. (136), Catile,
sheep, goats; cf. pëcus, -üdis
153
pëdës, -itis, m, ling. (134), Ome
that goe8 on foot (pes -i- eo),
foot-8oldier.
pello, êre, pépül-, puls-, liq. tr.,
drive, thrust away (98, d).
penna, ae, f, A, feather, wing;
Eng., pen.
për, prep. with acc., through,
during, by meam8 Qf, O^ ac-
count Qf; in compounds,
thoroughly, very.
përägro, åre, -agräv-, -agrät, A,
tr. (215, a, 1), wander Over or
through ; per -|- ager (194).
pereölo, êre, -eölu-, -cult-, liq.
tr., cultávate thoroughly.
percultus, a, um, part. of per-
cölo, thoroughly cultivated.
Grad.—12.
13
perdüeo, ëre, -dux-, -duct-, pal.
tr., lead through to, conduct
to, lead.
përennis, e, adj. (157), la$ting
through years (annus) or life,
continual, perennial.
përeo, ire, periv- Or peri-, perît-,
irreg. (109, II), intr., rum,
through, come to mothing, dis-
appear, be destroyed, perish,
die.
perficio, êre, -féc-, -fect-, semi-
cons. (92), tr., make com-
pletely (per), finish ; Eng.,
perfect.
pergo, êre, perrex-, perrect-,
palat. tr. and intr., continue,
go om with to the emd, complete;
from per -+- rëgo.
përicùlum, i, n, O, a, trying
(përior), trial, proQf, risk,
damger, peril. -
péritus, a, um, adj., Skilled, prac-
tically eæperienCed, eæpert;
from përior; cf. pericülum.
perlustro, áre, -lusträv-, -lus-
trät-, A., tr., eacomime thOr-
Oughly, Survey carefully.
permitto, êre, -mis-, -miss-, ling.
tr., let through, release, give
Over, intruSt ; Eng., permit.
permüito, äre, -mutäv-, -mutät-,
A, tr., chamge throughout, ea:-
change.
pernicies, éi, f, E, vtter destruc-
tiom, slaughter, ruim ; from
pernëco (183), kill cOmpletely.
perpauci, ae, a, adj., very few.
perpétuus, a, um, adj., eaetending
through, (perpes), cOntinuOus,
withowt cessatiom, constant,
perpetual.
persëquor, i, persecütus sum,
palat. dep. tr., follow wp,
pur8ue.
perspîcio, êre, -spex-, -spect-,
semi-cons. tr., See clearly, See
through, a8certaim.
persuädeo, êre, -suäs-, -suäs-, E,
intr., convince, induce, per-
suade ; with dat. (241).
* •
3)
IPer
1Pra,
VOCABULARY.
pertentätus, a, um, part. of per-
temto (per -i- tento), earam-
ίηed thoroughly, proved, tested.
perterreo, êre, -terru-, -territ-,
E, tr., frightem thoroughly
(per), drive away.
pertimäciter, adv. Of mamner,
firmly, re$olutely ; from per-
tinax (pertineo).
perturbätus, a, um, part. of per-
turbo, troubled, disturbed.
pervënio, ire, -vën-, -vent-, I,
intr., COme quite to, arrive at,
reach.
pës, pédis, m, ling., foot; root
pad, 90.
pessimus, a, um, superl. of mälus
(164, a), worst, very bad, evil.
pëto, êre, pétiv-, pétit-, ling. tr.,
Seek, get to, αίτη at, attack
(105, d); root pët, pëti, or
pät, fly, fall.
phälanx, -angis, f, pal. (Gk. n.),
band Qf Soldiers, phalamac.
Phäräo, -önis, m, liq. (135),
IPharaoh.
piétas, -tätis, f, ling. (134), dutìful
conduct, piety, affection ; from
pius (187).
pignus, -öris, m, spir., bimding
thing, pledge, loken, a88uramce.
pilum, i, m, O, p0under, javelin.
pinguis, é, adj., I (157), fat,
plump, rich; Opp. to macer,
leam.
piräta, ae, m, A, 8ea-robber, pirate.
pláceo, êre, plácu-, placit-, E,
intr., please, be welcome, be
agreeable ; with dat. (241).
plénus, a, um, adj., full, entire;
from root ple (189).
plùrimum, adv. superl. neut. of
plurimus (164, a), very much ;
plurimum posse, have very
great influence.
plürimus, a, um, adj. superl. of
multus (164, a), very much,
'most ; plur., very many.
poema, ae, f, A, pemalty, 8ati8fac-
tiom, expiation, punishment;
Eng., penal.
IPoeni, -örum, m, O, the IPhœni-
cìans or Carthaginians.
Eompilius, i, 7^, O, Pompilius ;
See Numa.
pöno, ére, pösu-, pösit-, spir. tr.
(107, d), 9'ace, 8et vp, po8e;
Eng., position.
pons, -tis, m, I (153), bridge.
pöpülus, i, m, O, people, tribe,
mation ; Eng., popular.
porro, adv. of place, farther om ;
of time, hemceforth ; in ar-
gument, moreOver, further-
?]?0?*€.
Eorsëma, ae, m, A, Porsema,
king of the Etruscans.
portendo, êre, -tend-, -tent-,
ling. tr., foreshow, foretell ;
from pro -+- tendo, stretch
forth.
porto, áre, pcrtäv-, portät-, A,
tr., bea* C long, carry.
possum, posse, pötui, irreg. intr.,
be able, cam (109, I, b).
post, adv. and prep. of place,
behimd, back ; of time, after,
afterward (177).
posteä, adv. of time, after this,
afterward.
postquam, temp. conj., after that,
after, @8 80CT a8.
postrëmö, adv. superl., at last,
fimally ; fr. postrémus (164,
b).
postridiè, adv. oftime, On the day
following (postero die), the
ne ct day.
postülo, áre, postuläv-, postulât;-,
A, tr., ask, reque8t, demand
(217, R. 3).
pötestas, -ätis, f, ling. (134),
power, opportunity, liberty,
leave; from possum (187).
pötior, iri, potitus sum, I, dep.
(107, c), become master qf,
obtain (258).
pötius, adv., preferably, rather ;
neut. of potior (164, b).
prae, prep. with abl., before, in
comparisOr with, by reaSOr.
qf (178).
136
IFrae
IPro
VOCABULARY.
praecîpio, ére, -cép-, -cept-,
semi-cons. tr., take before-
hand, give rule8 about, in-
struct, enjoìm, charge ; Eng.,
precept.
praeficio, êre, -féc-, -fect-, semi-
cons. tr., 8et over, place ίη
COmmamd of; from prae +
fäeio (200, e, 1).
praesertim, adv., e8pecially ; from
prae -+- séro ; hence literally,
by am arrangimg before.
praesidium, i, m, O, guard 8itting
before (prae -+- sëdeo), gar-
risom, guard.
praesto, -äre, -stit-, -stit- (or
-stät-), A, intr., star d before,
eaccel, eachibit ; impers., it is
better.
praesum, -esse, -fui, irreg. (109,
I), be before, be in command
Qf.
praeter, prep. with acc. and adv.,
past, by, beyOmd, béfore, be-
sides, eaccept ; from prae —-
ter ; cf. inter, propter, etc.
prätum, i, m, O, meadow.
prémo, êre, press-, press-, liq.
tr., 8queeze, press firmly, pre88
hard ; Eng., press.
primum, adv. neut. of superl.
primus (199, d), at first, in
the begimming, in the first place
(271, R.).
primus, a, um, adj. superl. from
prae (164, b), first qf all,
chief, first ; Eng., prime.
princeps, -ipis, m, lab. (132),
adj. and subst., chief, leader;
from primus —H cäpio.
prior, prius, adj. comp. from
prae, the One before, former
(164, b).
pristinus, a, um, adj., former,
previous ; Eng., pristine.
priusquam, adv., 8OOmer tham, be-
fore that, before.
privo, àre, priväv-, privät-, A.,
tr., make 8ingle (privus), be-
reave, deprive.
prö, prep. with abl., for, in behalf
qf, according to, in proportior,
to, in returm for.
IPröeas, ae, m, A, Proca8, king of
Alba ; see Silvius.
pröcul, adv. of place, from pro-
cello, far away, at a, distamce.
pröcurro, ère, -cücurr-, Or -curr-,
-curs-, liq. intr., rum forward,
advance quickly.
prödeo, ire, prödi-, prödít-,
irreg., go forward, advance ;
gerund, prodeundum.
prödüco, êre, -dux-, -duct-, palat.
tr., lead forth, lead Out.
proelium, i, m, O, an advance
(pro -+- eo), a batlle, cOmbat.
pröfectus, a, um, part. of prö-
ficiscor, having set forth.
pröficiscor, i, pröfectus sum,
palat. dep., 8et forth, go,
march, tra vel ; from pro -+-
facio (195), begin to put ome's
self forward.
pröfligo, are, -fligäv-, -fligât-, A,
tr., dash to the ground, Over-
throw, destroy, dispatch.
prögressus, a, um, part. of prö-
grëdior, having advanced.
pröhibeo, êre, -hibu-, -hîbît-, E,
tr., hold off, prevemt, keep from,
cut qff'; Eng., prohibit.
prójicio, êre, -jée-, -ject-, semi-
cons. tr., throw forth or for-
ward, cast away ; from jäcio
(200, e, 1).
prónus, a, um, adj., turmed for-
^ward, bending dowm, 8toopimg,
prone ; from pro.
pröpéro, äre, -peräv-, -perät-, A,
intr., make haste, haster, for-
ward ; properus (pro).
pröpinquitas, -ätis, f, ling. (134),
MearmeSS ; ex propinquitate,
close at hamd.
pröpinquus, a, um, adj., mot far
hence (prope -+- hinc), mear,
akin, ; plur. subst., kimsman.
pröpitius, a, um, adj., favorable,
gracious, kind ; from prope
(187), belonging to that which,
is mear.
137
IPrO
Que
VOCABULARY.
pröpius, adv. and neut. Of pro-
pior (164, b), mearer, 1nore
'mearly.
pröpulso, äre, -pulsäv-, -pulsät-,
A, tr. intens. (195), drive
forward, drice om, beat back ;
from propello.
prospéré, adv. of manner, favor-
ably, according to ome's wishe8
Or hope8 ; from prosperus
(pro -+- spes, 199, b).
prösterno, êre, -sträv-, •strät-,
liq. tr., throw forward (pro),
throw down, prostrate ; from
pro -|- sterno (105, d).
prósum, prodesse, profui, irreg.,
be for, be Qf adcantage, bene-
fit ; with dat. (241).
prötendens, -tis, part. of prö-
tendo, stretcháng forth.
prövidentia, ae, f, A, foreSîght,
providence.
prövincia, ae, f, A, a, province,
a territory Out of Italy
|brought under Romam gOV-
ernment; Gallia, provincia,
southern part of Gallia ulte-
rior, afterward Provence.
proximus, a, um, adj. superl. fr.
prope (164, b), mea re$t, mevt.
publicus, a, um, adj., belonging
to the people, public; from
pöpülus (populicus, 189).
Eublius, i, m, O, Publius, a
Pomam praenomen (152, b).
. püer, puéri, m, O, boy (127).
pugna, ae, f, A, hand to hand
fight, combat, battle ; from
root püg (pungo), prick.
pulsus, a, um, part. of pello,
beatem, back, defeated.
Eunicus, a, um, adj., IPumic,
Carthaginian; from Poeni
(192).
purgo, äre, purgäv-, purgät-, A.,
tr., cleam, cleam8e, clear up,
eaecu8e, justify; Eng., purge.
púteus, i, m, O, well, pit ; plur.
also putea, m.
Eutiphar, -äris, m,
Potiphær.
liq. (185),
püto, äre, putäv-, putät-, A, tr.,
cleam, pru me, trim, 8et ίη
Order, think, COmpute.
JPyrénaei, -örum, m, O, the
IPyrenees.
{è,
quadrägintä, indecl. num. adj.
(168), forty.
quaero, ère, quaesiv-, quaesit-,
liq. tr. (107, d), 8eek, inquire,
8earch for.
quaestor, -öris, m, liq. (135),
Seeker (quaero), investigator,
treasurer, quaestor.
quälis, é, adj. rel. and interrog.,
I (157), Qf what 80rt or kind,
Such, a8, a8 (176).
quäm, adv. (acc. of qui), how,
how much, a8; after compar-
atives, tham ; tam --- quam,
(ÌS - - - CIS.
quamdiü, adv. of time, a8 long
a8, during.
quamobrem, adv. rel. and in-
terrog., wherefore, why,
quamquam, cOnceSS. Con]unc.,
thowgh, although, albeit.
quamvis, adv. and conj., a8 you
will (völo), however mwch,
albeit.
quantus, a, um, adj. rel. and .
interrog., a8 great, as nuch,
hov great? how much? correl.
of tantus (176).
quäpropter, adv. rel. and inter-
rog., wheréfore, on which, ac-
COvlnt.
quärë (quä-H ré), interrog. and
rel. a.dv., om, what account ?
vrhy ? from what cause? for
which reasom ? wherefore?
quartäma, ae, f, A, quartar,
fever.
quäsi, adv. of comparison, a8 if,
jntst a8 if.
quattuor, indecl. num. adj. (168,
a), four.
-quë, cop. cOnj., and (330, a).
quérimönia, ae, f, A, conplaint ;
from quéror (487).
1
38
Qui
IReg.
VOCABULAIRY.
qui, quae, quöd, simp. rel. pron.,
who ; neuter, which, what,
that (173, c, 286).
quiä, caus. conj. (old acc. plur.
of qui), becau8e.
quicumque, quaeeumque, quod-
eunque, rel. indef. pron.
(173, c, R. 4), whoever, what-
SOe?)€7*.
quidam, quaedam, quoddam,
indef. pron. (173, e, 6), a
certain.
quîdem, adv., indeed, at leaSt
(180, R. 2).
quin, rel. conj. (qui -+ ne), that
'mot, but that. -
quincüplus, a, um, proport. adj.
(167), five time$ @8 great.
quinquägintä, indecl. num. adj.,
fifty (168, a).
quinqué, indecl. num. adj., five.
quis, quaé, quid, interrog. prOm.,
who ? what ? (173, d).
quisnam, quaenam, quidnam,
interrog. pron., what pray?
vho them? (173, d, R. 2).
quisquam, quidquam, Or quic-
quam, indef. pron., amy ome,
any (173, e, 4).
quisqué, quaeque, quidque, Or
quodque, indef. pron. (173, e,
6), eaeh one Qf all, each, every.
quöd, caus. conj. (acc. of qui),
that, in that, becau8e ; quod
si, whereas áf, but if.
quömödo, adv. of manner, in
what ^vay ? how? from qui
-|- modus.
quöque, cop. conj., al80 (180, R.
2); cf. quö-que, for et quo.
quorsum, interrog. adv. of place,
whither^vard ? iO mphat emd ?
for what ? from quo -+- ver-
sus, by contraction.
quötidiê (eotidie), adv. of time,
a3 oftem, as the day returms
(quöt -+- dies), daily, every
day.
quum (cum), causal. conj., 8ince;
temp., . whem ; concess.,
though.
ER
räpina, ae, f, A, pillagimg, robbery,
rapine ; from räpio.
räpio, êre, rapu-, rapt-, semi-
cons. tr. (92), 8match away,
Seize amd carry Qff, plumder ;
cf. rapina.
rätio, -önis, f, liq. (135), reckon-
img, calculatiom, method, plam.
récipio, êre, -cép, -eept, semi-
cons. (92), tr., take back,
recover, receive again ; with
se, betake Ome's 8elf, retreat.
récomdo, êre, -dìd, -dit, ling. tr.,
put up agaim, hold back in.
re8erve, store away (99, I,
R. 3).
rectus, a, um, part. of rëgo,
straight, wpright, right.
récüso, áre, -cusäv-, -cusät-, A,
tr., make objectior, refuse
(297, 2), decline ; from rë
—+- causa.
reddo, êre, -did-, -dit-, ling. tr.,
give back, give vp, restore
(99, I, R. 3).
rëdeo, ire, redi-, redít-, irreg.
#£, go back, returm (109,
rëdigo, êre, -ég-, -aet-, palat. tr.
(104, d), drive back, make or
'rem der a, thing so and so,
'reduce.
rëdïmo, êre, -ém-, -empt-, liq. tr.
(104, d), buy back, 8et free,
release ; Eng., redeem.
rëdüeo, êre, -dux-, -duet-, palat.
tr., lead back. *
référo, -ferre, -tül-, -lät-, irreg.
(109, IV, R.), bring back, re-
turm, restore.
régio, -önis, f, liq. (135), line,
boumdary-lime, limit, portior,
regiom, country ; from rego
(183).
régius, a, um, pOSS. adj., Qf the
king, king's, royal (272);
from rex (189).
regno, äre, regnäv-, regnät-, A.,
tr. and intr., hold the Sway
(regnum), rule, reign.
139
IReg.
ERus
VOCABULAIRY.
regnum, i, m, O, domìniom, 8ov-
ereigmty, rule, kingship, throne,
kingdom ; from rego.
régressus, a, um, part. of regréd-
ior, havimg retired, 8tepped
back.
Eëgülus, i, m, O, Regulus, a
Eoman eognomen (152);
Orig. dim. of rex, petty
King.
réjectüs, a, um, part. of réjicio,
thrown back, throwm, a/way ;
Eng., rejected.
rëläbens, -tis, pres. part. of re-
läbor, gliding back, flowing
back.
rëligio, -önis, f, liq. (135), fear
Qf God, piety, con8cientìou8-
ne88, religiom (182, N.).
rélinquo, ëre, reliqu-, relict-,
palat. tr., leave behind, gO
away from, give up, leave
behimd at death ; Eng., re-
linquish.
réliquus, a, um, adj., that which,
i8 left (relinquo), remaining,
rest Qf, other (274).
rëmämeo, êre, -mans-, E, intr.,
Stay back, remain ; from re
—+ maneo.
IRëmus, i, m, O, Remus, brother
of Romulus.
répendo, ëre, -pend-, -perns-,
ling. tr., weigh again, pay
back in return, requite.
rêpente, adv. of manner, Sud-
denly, wnea pectedly ; from
repens.
rëpërio, ire, repér-, repert-, I,
tr. (107, c), fimd again, find
out, discover ; from re -+-
pärio (108).
répertus, a, um, part. of repërio,
fownd.
répöno, êre, -pösu-, -posit-, liq.
tr., place back, replace, restore
(107, d).
répugno, äre, -pugnäv-, -pugnät-,
A, intr., fight back, resist,
Opp086.
rës, réi, f, E, thing, affair (145).
réscissus, a, um, part. of re-
scindo, tor^ dowm, destroyed.
réspondeo, ère, -spond-, -spons-,
E, tr., Qffer in returm, reply,
answer (99, I, 2, 3
réstituo, ëre, -stitu-, -stitüt-, U
(91), tr., 8et up again, restore,
remew ; Eng., restitution.
rétineo, êre, -timu-, -tent-, E,
tr., hold back, keep ; from
re -|- téneo (200, e, 4).
rétrâho, êre, -trax-, -tract-, palat.
tr. (106, c, 2), drag back,
^withdraw ; Eng., retract.
rêvello, êre, -vell-, -vuls-, liq.
tr., pluck back, tear away ;
Eng., revulsion.
rêverto, êre, -vert-, -vers-, liq.
tr. and intr., turm, back, re-
tur?); pass., turm one'8 8elf
back, return.
rex, régis, m, palat. (133), king;
from root rëg, straightem.
Ehëa, ae, f, A, Rhea Silvia,
mother of Romulus.
rhëda, ae, f, A, fov(r-wheeled car-
riage ; Gallic word.
ERhënus, i, m, O, the Rhime.
IRhödös, i, f, O (129), Rhodes,
an island On the coast of
Asia, Minor. •
rigo, áre, rigäv-, rigät-, A., tr.,
wet, mOistem, bedew, irrigate.
ripa, ae, f, A, bark, river-bank.
rité, adv. (old abl. of ritus), ac-
cording to form, fitly, duly.
Eöma, ae, f, A, Rome.
Römänus, a, um, adj., Qf Rome
(190, a), Romam ; plural
subst., the Roman8; populus
ERomanus, the Romam people.
ERömülus, i, m, O, Romulus,
founder of Rome.
ERüben, ënis, m, liq., Reuben.
rursum or rursus, adv. of place or
time, turned back, backward,
back, again (reversum).
rusticus, a, um, adj., Qf the
country, rvral, ruslic; subst.,
7^, countrymam, farmer, pea8-
ant ; from rus (189).
140
Sab
Sem
VOCABULARY.
§
Säbini, -örum, m, O, the Sabines,
an Italiam people, neigh-
bors of the Latins, early
united with them.
saecus, i, m, O, 8ack, bag.
säcer, -cra, -erum, adj., devoted
to a divinity (either good or
bad), holy, 8αcred ; also ac-
curSed ; plur. sacra, religiou8
rites.
säcerdos, -ötis, m and f, ling.
(134), ome given, vtp to 8acred
thing8 (sacer -+- do), prieSt,
prie8te8s.
saepé, adv. oftime, Qftem (174, c).
saepius, adv. comp. of saepe
(174, c), quite Qftem, fre-
quently.
Säguntum, i, n, O, Saguntum, a
towm of Hispania on the
Mediterraneam, beyond the
Iberus, now Murviedro.
Sälii, -örum, m, O, leaper8 (sälio),
priests Qf Mar8.
salto, áre, saltàv-, saltät-, A,
intr., leap Qftem or mimbly,
damce ; intens. from salio
(196, R.).
saltus, üs, m, U, wOOdland pa8ture,
wild.
sälus, -ütis, f, ling. (134), 8C fety,
health, SOundmess, deliverance
(salvus).
sälüito, àre, salutäv-, salutät-, A,
tr., keep safe, wish, health, lo,
greet, salute ; from salus (194).
salvus, a, um, adj., 8afe, umhurt,
soumd, well.
sanguis, -inis, m, liq. (135), blood
153).
säpiens, -entis, part. of säpio,
wise, kmowing (269, R.).
sätis, indecl. adj. subst. and
adv., rather full, enough,
sufficient, well emOugh.
seélus, -ëris, m, spir. (136), evil
deed, sir, enormity, crime.
seimdo, êre, seîd-, sciss-, ling. tr.
irreg. (107, d), remd, tear in,
pieces, break aSunder.
scio, ire, sciv-, scit-, I, tr., know,
wmderstand, have full knowl-
edge Qf; Eng., science.
Scipio, -önis, m, liq. (135), Scipio;
Orig. meaning, staff ; cogno-
men of a celebrated family
in the Corneliam house.
scrÜitor, äri, scrutátus sum, A.,
dep. . tr., Search. carefully,
eacamine, $crutinize ; from
scrüta, rag8 ; hence, Search,
evem, to the very rags.
seütum, i, 1), O, oblong Shield,
buckler.
scyphus, i, m, O, cup, goblet.
sè, reflect. pron. (172, b), him-
Self, herself, etc.
sëcëdo, êre, -cess-, -cess-, ling.
intr., go apart, retire, with-
draw ; Eng., secede.
sécius, adv. comp. of sëcus (174,
b), Otherwise ; nihilo secius,
'motavithstandi mg.
sëcundus, a, um, num. adj. (168),
following meact, 8ecomd, favor-
able ; from sequor.
sécütus, a, um, perf. part. of
sequor, having followed.
sëd, advers. conj., but ; Orig.
nmeaning, apart from, 8etting
aside (330, b).
sëdëcim (sexdecim),
num. adj., 8iacleem.
sëdïtio, -önis, f, liq. (135), dissen-
8ior, discord, mutiny ; Eng.,
sedition.
Sedüsii, -örum, m, O, the Sedusii,
a German people.
sella, ae, f, A, chair, 8eat ; see
curTilis.
Semprönius, i, m, O, Semproniu8,
name of a Roman gens,
Tiberius Sempronius Iuon-
gus, defeated by Hannibal.
senätor, -öris, m, liq. (135), 8en-
afOr, member Qf the 8emate.
semätus, üs (or i, 143, R. 4), m, U,
cOumcil Qf elders, senate ; from
sënex (184).
sënectus, -ütis, f, ling. (134),
old age ; from sënex.
indecl.
] 41
Sem
Spe
VOCABULAIRY.
sënex, sënis, adj. (158), old,
aged ; subst., Old man.
sententia, ae, f, A, wαy Qf think-
áng, opiniom, thought; from
sentio ; Eng., sentence.
sëpëlio, ire, sepeliv- Or sepeli-,
sepult-, I, tr., bury, inter.
sépio, ire, seps-, sept-, I, tr.,
hedge in, inclose, surrowivd ;
from sëpes (194).
septem, indecl. num. adj., Sevem
(168).
sepulerum, i, m, O, burial-place.
grave, tomb ; from sepelio
(183).
Sëquäni, -örum, m, O, the Se-
quani, Sequaniam8 — i. e.,
dwellers On the Sequama,
now the Seine.
séquor, i, sécütus sum, palat.
dep. tr., follow, go after, at-
temd ; Eng., sequence.
servitus, -ütis, f, ling. (134),
slavery, Service ; from servio
(183).
servo, áre, serväv-, servät-, A,
tr., keep, pre8erve ; Orig., drag
ατται/ from am ememy.
servus, i, m, O, ome dragged away,
captive, slave, 8ervant.
sex, indecl. num. adj., siae (168).
sexcenti, ae, a, num. adj., 8iæ
humdred (168).
sextus, a, um, adj. Ord. (168),
siacth.
si, condit. conj., if, ^vhelher ;
with indic. (292, a); with
subj. (306, 307, b).
siecus, a, um, adj., dry ; subst.,
dry place.
signîfico, àre, significáv-, signifi-
cät-, A, tr., 8how by Sign8,
point Out, intimate, 8ignify
(signum -+- facio).
signum, i, n, O, mark, tokem, sìgm;
Eng., signal.
Silvia, ae, f, A, Silvia ; See Rhëa,
Silvius, i, m, O, Silviu8, name oi
several kings of AlbaLonga,
as of Procas.
Simeom, -önis, m, liq., Simeom.
14
similis, e, adj., I (157), like, sim-
ilar (163, b.
simül, adv. of time or place,
together, at the 8a me time.
simülo, äre, simuläv-, simulät-,
A., tr., mcuke like, cow^terfeit,
pretemd ; from similis (194).
sime (së -+- me), prep. With abl.,
without.
singüli, ae, a, distrib. num. adj.
(168, c), ome by Ome, one
each, simgle.
sinister, -tra, -trum, adj., left,
On the left hand ; Opp. tC,
dexter.
sino, êre, siv-, sit-, liq. tr., let,
suffer, permit.
simus, -üs, m, U, bent SVrface,
fold, coil, bay.
söböles (or suböles), is, f, I (137,
a, 4), 8prout, Qffshoot, Qff-
8primg, issue, progeny ; from
sub -+- ölesco, grown up from
beneath.
söl, sölis, m (153), liq. (135), 8um.
söleo, êre, solitus sum, E, semi-
dep. (110, a), intr., be wont,
be accusto med.
sólitüdo, -inis, f, liq. (135),
lomeline8s, lomely place, de8ert,
wilderme88; from sölus (187).
sölum, i, m, O, * that om, which, angy
thimg re8ts, grOumd, floOr, 8oil ;
Eng., so}e.
sölus, a, um, adj. (155), alone,
single-haaded.
somniätor, -öris, m, liq. (135),
dreammer ; from somnio (183].
somnium, i, m, O (128, b), dream ;
from somnus, sleep.
somnus, i, m, O, sleep.
söror, -öris, f, liq. (135), sister.
sors, -tis, f, I, lot, fate, destimy.
spätium, i, m, O, r0Om, interval,
time, period.
spécies, èi, f. E (145, R. 1), 8ight,
appearance, show, display ;
Eng., specious.
spéro, áre, speräv-, sperät-, A.,
tr., hope for, hope, expect,
look forward to (spes).
9)
<l
Spe
Suu
VOCABUILARY.
spës, èi, f, E, hope.
spica, ae, f, A, point, ear Qfgraim,
Spike.
spiritus, üs, m, U, breathing
(spiro), breath, breath qf life ;
Eng., spirit.
spöliätus, a, um, part. of spölio,
Stripped, robbed, deprived.
spondeo, ère, spöpond-, -spons-,
E, tr., promise solemmly, as
upon oath, agree, 8tipulate
(99, I, R. 2).
stätim, adv. of manner, firmly,
8teadily, om the Spot, forth-
with, immediately ; from sto.
stätua, ae, f, A, thing 8et up
(stätuo), image, statue.
stätuo, êre, statu-, statuit-, U, tr.
(91), make 8tand (státus),
set vp, e8tablish, determine,
resolve ; Eng., statute.
stella, ae, f, A, $tar; Eng., stel-
lar.
sto, stäre, stet-, stät-, A, intr.,
stand, remaim, (103, a).
stúdium, i, m, O, applicatiom, to a.
thing, eager purswit, zeal,
desire, $tudy, pur8uit; from
stüdeo, busy ome's Self about
(183).
subjicio, êre, -jéc-, -jeet-, semi-
cons. tr., throw wmder, pvtt
under, subject ; from sub -+-
jäeio (200, e, 1).
sublévätus, a, um, part. of sub-
lëvo, lifted up, suppOrted.
sublicius, a, um, adj., made Qf
piles, wooden ; from sublica
(189).
subrìpio, ére, -ripu-, -rept-, semi-
cons. tr., Smatch αway, take
secretly ; also surripio (sub
-- räpio).
subsídium, i, m, O, a Sitting be-
hind, reserve, reliéf; Eng.,
subsidy. -
succédo, êre, -eess-, -cess-, ling.
trans. and intrans., go un-
der, come behimd or affer,
ßlov, $ucceed, pro$per (201,
5
/ •
Grad.—13.
14
succlämo, àre, -clamäv-, -clamât;-,
A, tr., cry Out after or in re-
ply (sub), shout, answer in
lovld tomes.
sueereseo, ëre, def. incept. intr.,
grow up ; from sub -+- ereseo
(201, b).
Suëvi, -örum, m, O, the Suevi, a
powerful German tribe.
Suëvus, a, um, adj., Suevam.
Sulla, ae, m, A, Sulla, a Romam
eognomen, in the Corneliam
House — II. Cornelius Sulla,
the dictator.
sùm, esse, füi, futürus, irreg.
intr., be (71).
summa, ae, f, A, height, top.
sümo, êre, sumps-, sumpt-, liq.
tr., take, take up, a8Sume,
ch008e, buy (101, c, R.).
süper, prep. with acc. and abl.
(179), over, above, concerning.
süpërätus, a, um, part. of supero,
Overtopped, Surmoumted, pasSed
O?)€7*.
sùpérincidens, -tis, part. from
superincido, falling from .
above.
süpersum, -esse, -fui (109, I),
irreg. intr., be over, be above,
be left, 8urvive.
súpervénio, ire, -vën-, -vent-, I,
intr., come upon, come up,
Ct/?*?*?,?,'€.
supplicium, i, n, O, kneeling (sup-
plex), humiliation, punish-
77^67^t.
Supporto, äre, -portàv-, -portât;-,
A, tr., carry Or convey to any
place, bring up.
surgo, êre, surrex-, surrect-, pal.
tr. and intr., 1'ai8e, rise, stand
v); contract. from surrîgo
(sub -+- rego).
sustineo, êre, -tinu-, -tent-, E,
tr., hold up under (sub -+-
teneo), withstand, su8tain,
hold âm, check.
süus, a, um, pOSS. reflect. pron.,
his, her, its, their (173, a,
280).
2
3
TaG
Tri
VOCABULARY.
rET
täcitus, a, um, part. frOm táceo,
kept 8ecret, mot mentioned,
silent ; Eng., tacit.
tälentum, i, m, O, talemt, a sum
of money varying in weight;
the Attîc talent, about $1,000.
tälis, ô, adj., I (157), Such, in
quality ; cf. tantus, Such, in
size (176).
tämen, adv. and conj., 3Jet, mot-
withstanding, for all that.
tandem (tam -+- dem), adv., at
length, at last, finally.
tanquam Or tamquam, adv. of
comparison, a8 mwch as, a8 if.
tantöpërë (tanto -+- opere), adv.,
80 greatly.
tantus, a, um, adj. dem. (176), 8o
great, 8uch, in size; gen.
tanti, Qf 80 mwch, in value
(238, R. 4).
Tarquinii, -örum, m, O, the Tar-
quin kings, or house Qf Tar-
quinius, the fifth king of
IRome, from the city Tar-
quinii.
telum, i, m, O, mi88ile, dart, Spear,
javelim.
tempus, -öris, n, spir. (136),
8ecliom, portion, cut Qff, period,
time.
tëneo, êre, tenu-, tent-, E, tr.,
hold, keep, have in ome's power,
detaim ; Eng., tenure.
tergiversor, äri, tergiversätus
sum, A, dep. intr., t'/rn one'8
back, decline, evade.
tergum, i, n, O, back, rear ; terga,
vertens, takimg to flight ; È
tergö, in the rear.
terror, -öris, mn, liq. (135), fright,
alarm, great fear.
tertius, a, um, adj. Ord. (168, b),
ihird.
testis, is, m and f, one who attests,
witneSs, Spectator ; Eng., tes-
tifv.
textus, a, um, part. and adj.,
vovem ; from texo, weave;
Eng., text, texture, etc.
thésaurus, i, m, O, arything 8toredi
vtp, treasure.
Tibëris, is, m, I, Tiber.
Ticimus, i, m, O, Ticinus, now
Ticino, a river in Gaul.
tímeo, ére, tirmu-, timît-, IE, tr
and intr., fear, dread, ùe
afraid.
timor, -öris, m, liq. (135), fear,
alarm, fright ; from timeo.
tingo Or tinguo, êre, tinx-, tinct-,
palat. tr., dye, 8tain, timge.
tögä, ae, f, A, garmerat, coat; from
tëgo, C07'€r.
torquis Or torques, -is, m and f,
invislcd thing, necklace, collar.
tötidem, indecl. adj., just as
mamy ; from töt. -+- -dêm ;
cf. idem (173, b, 3, R. 1).
tötus, a, um, adj. (155, R. 1`,
whole, al!, entire.
trâdo, êre, tradid-, tradít-, ling.
tr., give over, give up, deliver,
hamd down, (trans -+- do) ;
Eng., tradition.
transilio, ire, -siliv- Or -silu-,
, I, tr. and intr., lea?)
Over (trans -+- sälio), 8primg
C■,(£?*OSS.
transnäto, áre, -natäv-, -natàt-,
A, tr. and intr., 8u:im acrOSS.
transno Or trämo, àre, -rmäv-,
-nät-, A, tr. and intr., Swizm
O1'€7* Or Q.Cj^OSS.
Träsîmënus, i, m, O, Trasimemus,
now Lago Trasimeno, a lake
in Etruria.
Trëbia, ae, m, A, Trebia, now
Trebbia, a river in Italy.
trés, tria, num. adj., I, three.
Triboeci, -örum, 7m, O, tive
Tribocci, a German tribe
On the left bank of the
IRhine.
trigintä, indecl. num. adj. (168),
thirty.
triplex, -icis, adj. multipl. (167),
threefold, triple.
triticum, i, m, O, wheat, grair) ;
from tritus (tero), that which,
is rubbed or threshed out.
144
Tu
Vel
VOCABULAIRY.
tù, tui, subst. pron., m and f,
thow, yovv ; plur., vös, ves-
trum, vestri, ?je, ?yOv, (172).
tüm, demon. adv. of time, th^m,
at the time ; correl. conj.,
tum - - - tum, first - - - them ;
quum - - - tum, both - - - and
especially.
tune, dem. adv. of time, them,
just at tha: time ; from tum
-|- cë (173, b, 1, R. 1).
tütus, a, um, adj., 8afe, protected ;
from tueor, watch over.
tuus, a, um, poss. pron. (173, a),
thy, thine.
J
Über, -ëris, adj. (158), rich,
fruitful, abundant; superl.,
uberrimus (163, a).
úber, -ëris, m, ling., teat, udder.
ùbertas, -ätis, f, ling. (134), fer-
tility, plenty; from über.
übi, rel. adv. of place (loe. of
qui), where ; Of time, whem,
(!S SOO??, ClS.
ullus, a, um, adj. (155, R. 1),
CUmy, amy Ome.
ultimus, a, um, adj. superl. from
ulträ (164, b), farthest, last,
last degree Qf, utter ; Eng.,
ultimate.
ulträ, adv. and prep. with acc.,
beyond (164, b).
undè, adv. of place, whence, from
vchich ; from qui (eunde =
unde).
undécim, indecl. num. adj. (168),
elevem (unus —H decem).
ünïeë, adv., singularly, especially.
üniversus, a, um, adj., turmed
into ome, all taken, together,
im a body, all, whole.
unquam, adv. of time, ever, at
amy time, omce.
ünus, a, um, num. adj., one;
plur., üni, ae, a, alome.
ünusquisqué, adj. pron. (173,
e, 6), each, amd every one.
urbs, urbis, f, I, lab. (137, a),
city ; from urbo, for urvo,
plow; hence, ihat which ás
7marked out by a plow.
ursus, i, mm, O, bear.
usqué, adv., right om, without stop,
comtinuOusly, evem till.
üsus, üs, m, U, u8e, advamtage ;
ex üsü, eæpedient.
üt, fin. conj., that, in Order that ;
also uti.
üter, -tra, -trum, adj. (155, R. 1),
which, qf the two.
üterque, -träque, -trumque, adj.,
both, each qf livo (155, R. 1).
ütilis, ô, adj. (157), u8eful, ea pe-
dient ; from ütor (188).
ütor, i, üsus sum, ling. dep.,
'make use Qf, u8e, employ; with
abl. (258, a).
üítrimque, adv., om, either 8ide,
om, both, sides.
ütrum, interrog. adv., whether.
uxor, -öris, f. liq. (185), wife.
vy
vacca, ae, f, A, cow.
vägitus, üs, m, U, a crying,
8qualling, as of an infant;
from vägio (183).
väleo, êre, valu-, valit-, E, intr.,
be $trong, be well, have power,
prevail.
vallum, i, m, O, a palisaded (val-
lus) rampart, earthem wall,
intremchment.
Vangiönes, -um, m, liq., the Van-
giones, a German tribe om
the Rhine.
värius, a, um, adj., Spotted, diver8e,
changeable, different ; Eng.,
various, varying, etc.
vastus, a, um, adj., empty, un-
occupìed, vaste, immense, vast.
vätïcïnätio, -önis, f, liq. (135),
800thsaying, predictiom ; from
väticinor (vätes, 183).
véhémenter, adv., forcibly, im-
petuously, vehemently.
vêlox, -öcis, adj. I (158), swift,
wnder full Sail (vélum), quick.
vëlüti or vëlüt, adv. of compari-
son, ju8t as, ever. a8.
145
Ven.
Xam.
VOCABULARY.
vënandum, i, m, O, gerund. of
vérior, äri, a hwmtimg.
vendo, êre, vendid-, vendit-, 8ell,
put om, Sale, vemd; from vé-
num -+- do (108).
vënërätio, -önis, f, liq. (135), rev-
erence ; fron veneror (183).
vënëror, äri, venerät-, A., dep.
tr., worship, reverence (93).
vénia, ae, f, A, indulgemce, favor,
grace, pardor.
vënio, ire, vën-, vent-, I, intr.,
come (104, c).
verbum, i, m, O, aUord.
véro, adv. of affirmation, im,
truth, assuredly, but, though.
versor, äri, versätus sum, A,
dep., turm, ome's self about
'much, be busy, be a$$ociated
vith, be with, accompany.
verto, êre, vert-, vers-, ling. tr.,
turn, tvrr, about.
vërum, i, m, O, what is real, truth.
vesper, -ëri, m, O (153), evenimg.
Vesta, ae, f, A, Vesta, goddess
of the hearth.
vester, -tra, -trum, pOSS. pron.
(173, a), your.
vestigium, i,^, O, foot-print, track;
from vestigo, track out.
vestis, is, f, I (137, a, 4), garment,
robe, clothing, vest.
vi, abl. of vis (137, b, 1), by force.
via, ae, f, A, way, road, Street.
viätor, -öris, m, liq. (135), trav-
eler ; from viäre (via).
victor, -öris, m, liq. (135), victor,
conqueror; from vineo (183).
video, êre, vid-, vis-, E, tr., See ;
videor, dep., 8eem, appear ;
Eng., vision.
viginti, indecl. num. adj., twenty.
vinco, êre, vic-, vict- (108),
palat. tr., conquer, Overpower,
defeat.
vincùlum, i, n, O, 'means Qf bind-
img (vincio, 183), cord, chain ;
plur., prison.
vinea, ae, f, A, vineyard ; from
vineus, a, um (vinum).
vir, viri, m, O, mam, hero, husbandi
(127, a).
virës, -ium, f, I (137, b, 1), plur.
of vis, force, stremgth (153).
virgo, -inis, f, liq. (135), maid,
vìrg®n.
virtus, -Ütis, f, ling. (134), bra-
very, valor, virtue ; cf. vir.
visus, a, um, part. of video, 8eem.
vita, ae, f, A, Eife ; from vivo.
vitis, is, f, I, a, twining or vinding
about, vine, grapevine.
vivo, êre, vix-, viet- (107, d, 108),
palat. intr., live, last, dwell.
vix, adv., Scarcely, with difficuliy,
hardly.
Vocio, -önis, m, liq., Vocio, king
Of the Norici.
vöco, áre, vocäv-, vocät-, A., tr.,
summom, call with the voice.
call by ma me, mame.
völîto, äre, volitäv-, volität-, A,
intr. intens. (196, R.), fly
swìftly, hastem.
völo, velle, vclui, irreg. tr. (109,
VI), wish, be willing, will, in-
tend, purp0Se ; Eng., volition.
vulnéro, äre, vulneräv-, vul-
nërät-, A, tr., wound ; from
vulnus (194).
vulnus, ëris, m, spir. (136), wound.
vultur, -üris, m, liq. (153), vulture.
vultus, -üs, η, U, COumtemamce,
look, ea pressiom ; also voltus,
from völo, wish.
X.
Xanthippus, i, m, O, Xanthippus.
the Spartam general Whc
took Regulus prisoner.
146
INDEX TO ENGLISEI WORDS.
A.
able, be, possum.
act, deport One's self, se gero.
advanced in years, gravior.
advise, moneo.
agreeable, gratus, acceptus.
Albans, Albani.
all, totus, omnis.
allied, foederatus.
alone, solus, unus.
arms, arma.
army, acies, exercitus.
at last, finally, postremo.
author, auctor.
EB
banish, expello, excivitate pello.
bank, ripa.
bear, ursus.
before, ante, prae.
begin, coepi, incipio, ordior.
benefit, be a, prosum.
bind, ligo.
boast, glorior.
book, liber.
brave, fortis.
breath, spiritus.
Bridge, pons.
bring out, effero.
brother, frater.
by, a, ab.
6C
call together, convoco.
carry, fero.
carry away, aufero.
Carthaginians, Poeni.
certain, a, quidam.
circumstance, res.
city, urbs.
COat, toga.
coin, nummus. 7
collar, torquis.
come, venio.
come down from, demigro.
come upom, invado.
conquer, vinco.
consequence, it is of no, nihil
attinet.
consider, considero.
cOrm, frumentum.
corpse, cadaver.
cottage, casa.
counsel, consilium.
country, agri.
countrymam, rusticus.
cry, vagitus.
- ED
daughter, filia.
day, dies.
dead, mortuus.
defend, defendo.
147
INDEX TO ENGLISH WORDS.
design, consilium.
different, alius, varius.
dig, dig up, effodio.
dispute, contentio,
door, janua,
dream, somnium.
dying, moribundus.
IE
ear, auris ; ear of Corn, spica.
elder, natu major, senior.
embankment, vallum.
enemy, hostis, inimicus.
envy, invideo.
erect, pono, statuo.
everlasting, perennis, sempiter-
mus, aeternus.
exquisite, exquisitus.
ER
fable, fabula.
fall in with, incido.
family name, cognomen.
famous, inclytus.
farmer, agricola.
father, pater.
favor, studeo.
fear, metus, timor, terror.
fear, timeo, metuo.
fidelity, fidelitas, fides.
find, invenio, reperio, nanciscor.
first, primus.
five, quinque.
forest, silva.
forget, obliviseor.
former, pristinus.
founder, conditor.
friend, amicus.
fright, terror.
frighten, terreo.
front, in front of, prae.
66}
garrison, praesidium.
give, do.
give up, dedo, trado.
glen, saltus.
goddess, dea.
good, bonus.
grandfather, avus.
ground, terra.
I{:{
hatred, odium.
Have, habeo.
hedge in, sepio.
heifer, vacca.
height, altitudo.
hide, abscondo.
himself, sui, ipse.
his, suus.
hold, teneo, habeo.
hold, hold in, continuo.
home, domus.
honor, honor, laus.
horse, equus.
hunt, venor.
hut, casa.
in, into, im.
infant, infans.
influence, auctoritas.
introduce, instituo.
J
journey, make a, iter facio.
IR
keep good, conservo.
king, rex.
kingdom, regmum.
I.
lacerated, laceratus.
large, magnus.
lasting, durus, firmus.
laW, lex.
leader, dux.
leap down from, desilio.
leap Over, transilio.
learn, find Out, cognoseo.
learned, doctus.
leave, leave behind, relinquo.
legion, legio.
letter, litera.
lo ! en ! ecce !
long, longus.
MyI
manl, vir, homo.
mark, nota.
master, dominus, magister.
148
INDEX TO ENGLISH WORDS.
mention, memoro.
method, ratio.
mother, mater.
mouth, os, öris.
my, meus.
N
name, give a name, nomen do.
need, have need, opus est.
no, nullus.
not, non, haud, në.
notice, animadverto.
InOW, nunc, jam.
6{}
Oath, jusjurandum.
old man, senex.
opinion, sententia.
BP
part, pars.
peace, pax, otium.
peak of a mountain, jugum.
people, populus.
pity, miseret, misereor.
place, locus.
praise, laudo.
prefer, praefero, antepono.
prisOner, captivus.
profit, prosum.
put tO death, neeo.
HE.
rampart, vallum.
rejoice, laetor.
religion, religio.
remarkable, eximius, egregius.
remember, memini, reminiscor.
retain, retineo.
return, redeo, revertor.
riches, divitiae.
IRome, Roma.
royal, of the king, regius.
rum up to, accurro.
§
sacred rites, sacra.
Same, idem.
say, dico.
see, video.
send, mitto.
shape, forma.
sheaf, manipulus.
shepherd, pastor.
shield, ancile, scutum.
silent, tacitus.
silver, made of, argenteus.
skillful, peritus.
slaughter, clades.
sleep, dormio.
soil, solum.
soldier, miles.
SOn, filius.
soothe, lenio.
Spartans, Laeedaemonii.
spirit, disposition, animus.
stalk, culmus.
stand, sto.
statue, statua.
Surmount, supero.
SWear, juro.
'q;
take, capture, capio.
take part in, intersum.
teach, edoceo, doceo.
tell, marro.
ten thousand, decem millia.
tham, quam.
that, is, ille, iste.
themselves, sui, ipsi.
these, haee.
thin, macilentus, exilis.
thirty, triginta.
this, hie.
three, trés.
through, per.
throw to the ground, prosterno.
tie, ligo.
together, una.
torture, cruciatus.
touch, attingo.
toward, im, erga.
travel, iter facio.
traveler, viator.
treasure, thesaurus.
twelfth, duodecimus.
tWo, duo.
TU
ummindful, immemor.
149
INIDEX TO ENGLISHI WORDS.
vy
valor, daring, virtus, audacia.
victory, victoria.
vineyard, vinea.
W
wander over or through, pera-
gfO.
war, bellum.
warfare, bellum.
wave, unda.
We, nos. se
withstand, sustineo, obsto, re-
sisto. -
what, quid, quod.
vwhen, ubi, quum.
vwhich ? quis P Or qui?
who ? quis ? qui?
whole, universus, totus.
why? quid ?
wish, volo.
Wolf, lupa.
WOman, fermina, rmulier, homo.
word, verbum.
world, orbis.
worship, adoro.
worthy of, dignus.
wretched, miser.
Wrong, am evil, malum.
Y
year, annus.
youth, adolescens, juvenis.
150
Eclectic Educational Series.
THALHEIMERS ANCIENT HISTORY.
A MA/VUAL 0F A//0/E/WT H/ST0RY, from the earliest,
times to the fall of the Westerm Empire. By M.
E. THALHEIMER, formerly Teacher of History and
Composition in Packer Collegiate Institute. 8vo,
378 pp. Handsomely illustrated with full-page
engravings of Amcient Temples and other his-
torical objects, charts of the principal cities, and
accurate and fimely executed double-page maps of
the various countries considered in the text.
Complete imdex amd promouncing vocabulary.
IN0TI0E§ 0E THE PRES§.
** The most serviceable work of its class withim the reach of our .
schools. It has, imdeed, no rival worth mentioning.**—THne Na-
tiOMa.
** Miss Thalheimer has certainly been too modest in her preface, for
she has Written the best Amerieam book of its kind. The volume
eomtaims several good maps amd illustrations, and is published in a,
style of umusual mechanieal excellemce.*'—N. Y. Hmefepehadent.
** Miss Thalheimer's school history, whether viewed with reference
tc its substamee or its form—the selection and arrangememt of its
matter, the style of its eomposition, or the mechanical dress in which
all is presented to the public—is a, genuiine book. It may be fear-
lessly aeeepted at its owm valuation, amd more. . . . —€Charis-
tiara §UmaiioRa.
** Take it altogether, it must be promouneed as so far surpassing all
books partially intemded to answer the same emd, that comparison is
impossible ; amd beimg thus fitted for the purpose sought by the
author—a, lady well known for her attaimmemts amd her literary
powers—it should be brought into general use, mot only im schools,
but for daily reference, amd as a guide to extensive courses of study
im the broad fields of ancient history.*'—IB«»stoIa TraveHler.
** . . , Neither its title nor its preface does it full justiee.
. . . Its brief and comprehensive survey of the whole field of the
past admirably adapts it to the use of any reader who desires to get
. . . a gemeral comeeptiom of the whole realm of ancient his-
tory.**.—Harper*s MHoratHaiy.
WILS0//, H///K/E 63 00., Publishers,
No. 137 VValnut St., No. 28 Bond St.,
GINGINNATI, INEW YORK,
Eclectio Educatio rhal Series.
THE ECLECTIC GEOGRAPHIES;
COMPLETE SERIES IN THREE BOOKS :
Primary, /nfermediafe, and School GeographJ/.
IDISTINCTIVE FEATURES :
I. Unequaled mechanical execution.
2. Treatment of the subject as a Saiemce, and not as
a mere collection of facts.
3. A Phi/osophic A/am faithfully carried out.
4. Prominence of Fhysica/ Geography : the same
being interwoven with local geography from the begin-
I) 1119X.
8s) S7y/e qf /a/ guage adapted to each particular grade.
/Vo/ oz/e/rc/rozwdea, zwifh s7na// detai/s.
J//usfrafioms new and interesting.
Complete and accurate statistics.
9. The best Schoo? Maps published in America.
Io. Complete scientific treatise on map-drawing, with
full directions for projecting, coloring, etc.
;
—•-•-£-3G-3-s—
77ie Aec/ecfic Geographies presemf the stud y fm accora.
amce zwith fhe mewesz ama, mosz prac/ica/ methods. 77iey
haze zwom, zhe highesz approwa? qf /eading educators, ama'
are mozw extemsive/y a/sed in ma/ay of the besz schoo/s of
fhe cot//af/y.
7eachers and ofhers fmferesfed ìm securìng the besz schoo/
zexf-books are ìnvifed zo correspoma, zwith the pu6/ishers of
zhe Æz/ectic Series. . Specimem pages qf the Geographies
zwi// όe sem/ gratis omz app/icafiom.
Address
VVILSON, HINKLE & CO.,
Gincinnafi and //e7J Work.
Eclectio Educatiorna1 Series.
BR0W//'S PHYSIOLOGV AMD HYGIEME
IET TIIET T TYZT T, IE S S O INT S_
A Manua1 of Physiology and Hygiene. By
RYLAND T. BROWN, M.D., Chemist-in-Chief in the
Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
12mo, cloth, tinted paper. Illustrated. 288 pp.
Many text-books on the scienee of Physiology amd Hygiene
have been presented to the Schools and coIleges of this cóúntry
during the past few years. _ These are chiefly abridgments of
the larger works used in medical colleges; amd as Physiology.js
taught in those schools with a direct reference to the cure of
djsease, these books retain more or less of this character. But
the study of Physiology in other than medical schools should
have direct reference to the preservation qf health rather than to
the cure of disease. It has been the leading purpose of the author
to make HYGIENE the prominent feature of this book, and all
other studies introduced subordinate.
EROWN's PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE is divided into FIFTY
LESSONS, with the intention of adapting it to the common
division of the school year into terms of about twelve weeks
each. If five lessons are recited each week, the work cam be
completed in ONE TERM and leave ten recitations for review.
If it is desirable to devote more time to the study, the lessons
may be divided and the work distributed over two terms, devot-
ing the first to Physiology and the secomd to Hygieme.
For the purpose of easy reference, the work is DIVIDED INTO
SECTIONS, amd each section is numbered. To adapt it to the
method of teaching by topics, each sectiom is introduced by a
head-line in full-faced type, embracing the leading topic of the
section.
A BRIEF RECAPITULATION is appended to each lessom, for the
assistance alike of teacher and pupils in reviewing.
JLIB ER AI, TER 1}IS ON SUPPLIES FO R, INTRODUCTION.
WILSON, HINKLE & CO.,
GiMCinnafi and //e7J Work.
Eclectic Educational Series.
AN EXCELLENT TEXT- B00E FOR, §CHOOLS ANI) FAMILIES ;
600D MORALSAMO GENTLE MAMMERS;
By ALEX. M. GOVV, M.D.
12mo, Cloth, 252 pp.
T _A_ IE T, IE O IET C C INT TIE INT T S -
IPART I.---M0RAL LAW,
CHAPTER,
1. Good Society.
2. Habits.
3. Law.
4. The Moral Law.
5. Duties to God, from the
Scriptures.
6. Duties to Mam, from the
Scriptures.
7. Homicide.
8. Hatred.
9. Courage.
. Chastity.
and 12. Veracity.
13. Evidence.
14. Temperance.
15 to 17. Right of Property.
. Covetousness.
. Filial Obedience.
. Business.
. Fidelity.
. Amusements.
. The Poor.
. Humanity.
. Wisdom.
IPART II,—MIUNICIPAL LAW,
CIH A PTER,
26. Patriotism.
27 and 28. Duties of Citizen-
ship.
29. Education. -
30. The Law of the School.
PART III,—§0CIAT, LAW, 0R. P0-
IITTENESS,
CHIAPTER.
31. Cleanliness.
32 and 33. Dress.
34. The Educated Countemance.
35. The Cultivated Voice.
36. Conversation.
37. Behavior on the Street.
38. Behavior in Church.
39. Behavior in the Concert or
Lecture Room.
. Gallantry.
. Hints for Visiting.
. Behavior at the Table.
. Behavior in Traveling.
. Miscellameous Suggestions.
INIDEX.
CINCINNATI ANID NIEIF YOI.IX :
VVILSON, HINKLE & CO.

\)
\\€lU
c\ - | - ]
-
° -
(e^Q
Y\y
V.
.** - «*- t ( £V<
L}
\<t.
JECILECTIC EIDTU CA TIOINTA IL SEIERIIES.
'TTI HII EX
| Eclectio Series of Geographies,
IBY A. VOIN STEINWIEHIR.
The Primary Geography, No. 1. The plan of this book is
natural, the language simple, and the definitions and descriptions exact.
Illustrated, small 4to. .• «*
The Intermediate Geography, No. 2; for more advanced
classes. Contains the leading principles of the science, so arranged as
to give correct ideas to pupils without requiring the constant aid of
the teacher. Full instructions in Map Drawing. Illustrated, large 4to.
The School Geography, No. 3; embraces a full Mathemat-
ical, Physical, and Political description of the Earth, and is intended |
for the highest classes in this branch of study. Illustrated, large 4to.
a- -*-— •*
w ~ - v
GRADED SCHOOL ARITHMETICS:
A New Sej-ies, om, an Emtiwety New Plam,
EY. E. E. WHITE, M. A.
JVhite's Primary Aa-ithmetic. The distinguishing feature
of this book, as well as of the series of which it forms a part, is the
complete union qf Mental (oral) apud Written Arithmetic. This is secured
by making every oral exercise preparatory to a Written one, and by
uniting both as the essential complements of each other. Illustrated,
16mo., 144 pages.
JVhite*s Intermmediate Aa^ithmetic. This treatise possesses
three very important charaeteristics: 1. It is specially adapted to the
grade of pupils for which it is designed, and is not an abridgment of
the Complete Arithmetic. 2. It combines Mental and Written Arith-
metic in a practical and philosophical manner. 3. It faithfully embodies
the Inductive Method. Illustrated, 16mo., 192 pages.
JFIvite's Complete Arithmetic. This, like the preceding books
of the series, combines Mental and Written Arithmetic. It embraces
a particularly full and clear presentation of the subject of Percentage,
with its various applications. Abridged Methods of operation are givem
under most of the rules. Illustrated, 12mo., 320 pages.
EA€ÎHI §EER HIES COMHEPI LETTE IN TATEH II REI E I BOO] R§.
v w
:
i.
i; .
$
IECILIELECTIC EDIDTUTCA TIOINT-ALI, SIELIEIIES.
TTI H II EX
ELEMENTS OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY,
Ey SIDNEY A. NORTON, A. MI.
INortom?s Natural Philosophy is the result of mamy years'
experience in teaching the science of Physics. The topics are consid-
ered in their logical order, methodically developed, and thoroughly
illustrated and enforced.
While due attention has been givem to the recent progress in Physics,
including the latest methods and inventions, it has not been forgotten
that all facts are equally fresh to the tyro. -
Nothing has been introduced for the sake of its novelty ; nor have
cardinal principles been omitted, because a former generation of pupils
studied them. Over 350 illustrations. Cloth, 12mo., 460 pages.
ECLECTIO SYSTEM OF PENMANSEIP.
The Eclectic System includes Copy Books, Writing Cards, and
a hand-book of explanations accompanying them. The System has
been prepared by gentlemen who have had many years actual experi-
ence in teaching, and is superior, in many respects, to Others now in
general use.
The simplest, most legible, and business-like style of capitals and small
letters is adopted as the standard. After Copy Book No. 4, duplicate
books, with copies of slightly diminislmed size, are provided for girls.
Short sentences are introduced into the lower numbers, so that pupils
are not required to write through the whole series before learning to
combine Words into sentences.
The order of arrangement, and the gradation of copies, are more
complete than in any other books yet published.
ΚΒT Liberal terms om first supplies for introductiom. Correspondence
respectfully solicited.
WILSON, HINKLE & ('0., Publishers,
C!INCINNA TI, OHIO.



-- Y‘|}}\,， ºſ
！{ | \ | |ſ Iſ A :*（ 1.）ſae ſu
*''''''*'''{{{ſ}}}\,，,，ſiſſiſſſſſſſſſſu√∞º § ...，” . 2′′ ， ， ， ， ！
،-··șķºſáſſ:}}ºſ ſº ſiłº，·Åſ<！，****** & ºſºººººººº！
*** * * * * · * * * * * ſe, p * * * *-： -~--~
* , , ， º * * * * · · · · · · · · §،, * * * * · * * º. º.º.---- ·----،·--<--…-…-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-…-……！--…--~--~--~--~--~--~--~--~--~~~~…，-3，…，~-------~--~
- №، ، ،·- … … … sæs = ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ！， ， ） – ± − × ± • • • • * * * * *
* * * * a * * • • ► * * <^-* * * * * *~：№=…= <！<%=-（
：w！ ، ، ، ، ، ، ، ،|-،. . . . . . ., , , ， . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|-· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · -- iſæsº: ， , ， .----· ----…-， ， ， ， ºººr （ ）-... º.º. ， -: • • • • • • • . . . …'， ， ， - ， :，：
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •' * * * * * * * **********************************a sºn • . . .* * * · · · · · · · · ******* ** ** **·· ·- • • ••••••••••••••••••• • • • •* •æs*<<< ********••••••••• • ~~~~
، ، ، ،، ، ، ،€ £ ¥ $ » º' º ~） ·, ， ， ， , • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • * * * * * * * * * * * *• • • • • • • • • A • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ! * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *• • • • • ►. ， ， ， ; * * * * * * * · · · * 4. s « » e 3 * * * * * · * * * * * **** • ** ****§ 2º ~ ~****** * -ae,
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •••••••••••• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••••••••••••••• • • • • • • • • •s•r•••••• • • • •••••• • •************************************************ ** ** *********
№
A ： • • ► ► ► ► ► ► ► ► ► ► • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ** ** * * * *
• g • • • • • • • • • • • •■ ■ ■ ■ ■ * * * * · * • • • • • • 3 • • • • • • • • • • • ** **
، • • •№ º、。